linux/include/net/cfg80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
   2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
   3#define __NET_CFG80211_H
   4/*
   5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
   6 *
   7 * Copyright 2006-2010  Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
   9 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
  11 */
  12
  13#include <linux/netdevice.h>
  14#include <linux/debugfs.h>
  15#include <linux/list.h>
  16#include <linux/bug.h>
  17#include <linux/netlink.h>
  18#include <linux/skbuff.h>
  19#include <linux/nl80211.h>
  20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
  21#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
  22#include <linux/net.h>
  23#include <net/regulatory.h>
  24
  25/**
  26 * DOC: Introduction
  27 *
  28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
  29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
  30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
  31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
  32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
  33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
  34 *
  35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
  36 * use restrictions.
  37 */
  38
  39
  40/**
  41 * DOC: Device registration
  42 *
  43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
  44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
  45 * described below.
  46 *
  47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
  48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
  49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
  50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
  51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
  52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
  53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
  54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
  55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
  56 *
  57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
  58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
  59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
  60 */
  61
  62struct wiphy;
  63
  64/*
  65 * wireless hardware capability structures
  66 */
  67
  68/**
  69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
  70 *
  71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
  72 *
  73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
  74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
  75 *      sending probe requests or beaconing.
  76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
  77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
  78 *      is not permitted.
  79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
  80 *      is not permitted.
  81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
  82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
  83 *      this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
  84 *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  85 *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  86 *      restrictions.
  87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
  88 *      this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
  89 *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  90 *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  91 *      restrictions.
  92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
  93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
  94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  95 *      on this channel.
  96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  97 *      on this channel.
  98 *
  99 */
 100enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
 101        IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED         = 1<<0,
 102        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR            = 1<<1,
 103        /* hole at 1<<2 */
 104        IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR            = 1<<3,
 105        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS      = 1<<4,
 106        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS     = 1<<5,
 107        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM          = 1<<6,
 108        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ         = 1<<7,
 109        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ        = 1<<8,
 110        IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY      = 1<<9,
 111        IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT    = 1<<10,
 112        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ         = 1<<11,
 113        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ         = 1<<12,
 114};
 115
 116#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
 117        (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
 118
 119#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS           60000
 120#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS           (30 * 60 * 1000)
 121
 122/**
 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
 124 *
 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use
 126 * with cfg80211.
 127 *
 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
 132 *      code to support devices with additional restrictions
 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
 138 *      has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
 139 *      to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
 140 * @orig_mag: internal use
 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
 143 *      on this channel.
 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
 146 */
 147struct ieee80211_channel {
 148        enum nl80211_band band;
 149        u32 center_freq;
 150        u16 hw_value;
 151        u32 flags;
 152        int max_antenna_gain;
 153        int max_power;
 154        int max_reg_power;
 155        bool beacon_found;
 156        u32 orig_flags;
 157        int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
 158        enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
 159        unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
 160        unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
 161};
 162
 163/**
 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
 165 *
 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
 168 * different bands/PHY modes.
 169 *
 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
 171 *      preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
 172 *      with CCK rates.
 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 174 *      when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
 175 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 177 *      when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 178 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 180 *      when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 181 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
 185 */
 186enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
 187        IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE   = 1<<0,
 188        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A      = 1<<1,
 189        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B      = 1<<2,
 190        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G      = 1<<3,
 191        IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G            = 1<<4,
 192        IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ    = 1<<5,
 193        IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ   = 1<<6,
 194};
 195
 196/**
 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
 198 *
 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
 204 */
 205enum ieee80211_bss_type {
 206        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
 207        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
 208        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
 209        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
 210        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
 211};
 212
 213/**
 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
 215 *
 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
 219 */
 220enum ieee80211_privacy {
 221        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
 222        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
 223        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
 224};
 225
 226#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)    \
 227        ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
 228
 229/**
 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
 231 *
 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
 235 * passed around.
 236 *
 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags
 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
 241 *      short preamble is used
 242 */
 243struct ieee80211_rate {
 244        u32 flags;
 245        u16 bitrate;
 246        u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
 247};
 248
 249/**
 250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
 251 *
 252 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
 253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
 254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
 255 */
 256struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
 257        bool enable;
 258        u8 min_offset;
 259        u8 max_offset;
 260};
 261
 262/**
 263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
 264 *
 265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
 267 *
 268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
 269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
 270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
 271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
 272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
 273 */
 274struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
 275        u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
 276        bool ht_supported;
 277        u8 ampdu_factor;
 278        u8 ampdu_density;
 279        struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
 280};
 281
 282/**
 283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
 284 *
 285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
 287 *
 288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
 289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
 290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
 291 */
 292struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
 293        bool vht_supported;
 294        u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
 295        struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
 296};
 297
 298#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN          25
 299
 300/**
 301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
 302 *
 303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
 305 *
 306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
 307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
 308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
 309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
 310 */
 311struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
 312        bool has_he;
 313        struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
 314        struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
 315        u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
 316};
 317
 318/**
 319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
 320 *
 321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
 322 * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
 323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
 324 *
 325 * @types_mask: interface types mask
 326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
 327 */
 328struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
 329        u16 types_mask;
 330        struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
 331};
 332
 333/**
 334 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
 335 *
 336 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
 337 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
 338 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
 339 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
 340 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 341 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 342 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
 343 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
 344 *      2.16GHz+2.16GHz
 345 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
 346 *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 347 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
 348 *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 349 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 350 *      and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 351 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
 352 *      2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 353 */
 354enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
 355        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4      = 4,
 356        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5      = 5,
 357        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6      = 6,
 358        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7      = 7,
 359        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8      = 8,
 360        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9      = 9,
 361        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10     = 10,
 362        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11     = 11,
 363        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12     = 12,
 364        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13     = 13,
 365        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14     = 14,
 366        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15     = 15,
 367};
 368
 369/**
 370 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
 371 *
 372 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 373 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
 374 *
 375 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
 376 *      that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
 377 *      Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
 378 *      Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
 379 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
 380 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
 381 */
 382struct ieee80211_edmg {
 383        u8 channels;
 384        enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
 385};
 386
 387/**
 388 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
 389 *
 390 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
 391 * is able to operate in.
 392 *
 393 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
 394 *      in this band.
 395 * @band: the band this structure represents
 396 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
 397 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
 398 *      in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
 399 *      rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
 400 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
 401 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
 402 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
 403 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
 404 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
 405 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
 406 *      @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
 407 *      one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
 408 *      iftype_data).
 409 */
 410struct ieee80211_supported_band {
 411        struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
 412        struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
 413        enum nl80211_band band;
 414        int n_channels;
 415        int n_bitrates;
 416        struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
 417        struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
 418        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
 419        u16 n_iftype_data;
 420        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
 421};
 422
 423/**
 424 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
 425 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 426 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 427 *
 428 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
 429 */
 430static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
 431ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 432                                u8 iftype)
 433{
 434        int i;
 435
 436        if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
 437                return NULL;
 438
 439        for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
 440                const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 441                        &sband->iftype_data[i];
 442
 443                if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
 444                        return data;
 445        }
 446
 447        return NULL;
 448}
 449
 450/**
 451 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
 452 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
 453 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 454 *
 455 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
 456 */
 457static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 458ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 459                            u8 iftype)
 460{
 461        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 462                ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 463
 464        if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
 465                return &data->he_cap;
 466
 467        return NULL;
 468}
 469
 470/**
 471 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
 472 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 473 *
 474 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
 475 */
 476static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 477ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
 478{
 479        return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
 480}
 481
 482/**
 483 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
 484 *
 485 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
 486 *
 487 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
 488 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
 489 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
 490 *
 491 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
 492 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
 493 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
 494 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
 495 * without affecting other devices.
 496 *
 497 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
 498 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
 499 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
 500 */
 501#ifdef CONFIG_OF
 502void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 503#else /* CONFIG_OF */
 504static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 505{
 506}
 507#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
 508
 509
 510/*
 511 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
 512 */
 513
 514/**
 515 * DOC: Actions and configuration
 516 *
 517 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
 518 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
 519 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
 520 * operations use are described separately.
 521 *
 522 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
 523 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
 524 *
 525 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
 526 * in a separate chapter.
 527 */
 528
 529#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
 530                                    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
 531
 532/**
 533 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
 534 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
 535 *      %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
 536 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
 537 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
 538 *      If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
 539 *      determine the address as needed.
 540 *      This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
 541 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
 542 **     only p2p devices with specified MAC.
 543 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
 544 *      belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
 545 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
 546 *      MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
 547 */
 548struct vif_params {
 549        u32 flags;
 550        int use_4addr;
 551        u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
 552        const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
 553        const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
 554};
 555
 556/**
 557 * struct key_params - key information
 558 *
 559 * Information about a key
 560 *
 561 * @key: key material
 562 * @key_len: length of key material
 563 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
 564 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
 565 *      with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
 566 *      length given by @seq_len.
 567 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
 568 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
 569 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
 570 */
 571struct key_params {
 572        const u8 *key;
 573        const u8 *seq;
 574        int key_len;
 575        int seq_len;
 576        u16 vlan_id;
 577        u32 cipher;
 578        enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
 579};
 580
 581/**
 582 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
 583 * @chan: the (control) channel
 584 * @width: channel width
 585 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
 586 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
 587 *      (only with 80+80 MHz)
 588 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
 589 *      If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
 590 *      chan will define the primary channel and all other
 591 *      parameters are ignored.
 592 */
 593struct cfg80211_chan_def {
 594        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
 595        enum nl80211_chan_width width;
 596        u32 center_freq1;
 597        u32 center_freq2;
 598        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
 599};
 600
 601/**
 602 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
 603 * @chandef: the channel definition
 604 *
 605 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
 606 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
 607 */
 608static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
 609cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 610{
 611        switch (chandef->width) {
 612        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
 613                return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 614        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
 615                return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
 616        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
 617                if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
 618                        return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
 619                return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
 620        default:
 621                WARN_ON(1);
 622                return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 623        }
 624}
 625
 626/**
 627 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
 628 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
 629 * @channel: the control channel
 630 * @chantype: the channel type
 631 *
 632 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
 633 */
 634void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 635                             struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
 636                             enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
 637
 638/**
 639 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
 640 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 641 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 642 *
 643 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
 644 * identical, %false otherwise.
 645 */
 646static inline bool
 647cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 648                           const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
 649{
 650        return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
 651                chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
 652                chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
 653                chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
 654}
 655
 656/**
 657 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
 658 *
 659 * @chandef: the channel definition
 660 *
 661 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
 662 */
 663static inline bool
 664cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 665{
 666        return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
 667}
 668
 669/**
 670 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
 671 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 672 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 673 *
 674 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
 675 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
 676 */
 677const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
 678cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 679                            const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
 680
 681/**
 682 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
 683 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 684 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
 685 */
 686bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 687
 688/**
 689 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
 690 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 691 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 692 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
 693 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
 694 */
 695bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 696                             const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 697                             u32 prohibited_flags);
 698
 699/**
 700 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
 701 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 702 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 703 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
 704 * Returns:
 705 *      1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
 706 */
 707int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 708                                  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 709                                  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 710
 711/**
 712 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
 713 *
 714 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
 715 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
 716 *
 717 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 718 *
 719 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
 720 */
 721static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
 722ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 723{
 724        switch (chandef->width) {
 725        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 726                return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
 727        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 728                return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
 729        default:
 730                break;
 731        }
 732        return 0;
 733}
 734
 735/**
 736 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
 737 *
 738 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
 739 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
 740 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
 741 *
 742 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 743 *
 744 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
 745 */
 746static inline int
 747ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 748{
 749        switch (chandef->width) {
 750        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 751                return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
 752                           chandef->chan->max_power);
 753        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 754                return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
 755                           chandef->chan->max_power);
 756        default:
 757                break;
 758        }
 759        return chandef->chan->max_power;
 760}
 761
 762/**
 763 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
 764 *
 765 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
 766 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
 767 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
 768 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
 769 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
 770 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
 771 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
 772 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
 773 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
 774 *
 775 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
 776 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
 777 */
 778enum survey_info_flags {
 779        SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM           = BIT(0),
 780        SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE              = BIT(1),
 781        SURVEY_INFO_TIME                = BIT(2),
 782        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY           = BIT(3),
 783        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY       = BIT(4),
 784        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX             = BIT(5),
 785        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX             = BIT(6),
 786        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN           = BIT(7),
 787        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX         = BIT(8),
 788};
 789
 790/**
 791 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
 792 *
 793 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
 794 *      record to report global statistics
 795 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
 796 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
 797 *      optional
 798 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
 799 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
 800 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
 801 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
 802 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
 803 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
 804 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
 805 *
 806 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
 807 *
 808 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
 809 * channel duty cycle etc.
 810 */
 811struct survey_info {
 812        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
 813        u64 time;
 814        u64 time_busy;
 815        u64 time_ext_busy;
 816        u64 time_rx;
 817        u64 time_tx;
 818        u64 time_scan;
 819        u64 time_bss_rx;
 820        u32 filled;
 821        s8 noise;
 822};
 823
 824#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS   4
 825
 826/**
 827 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
 828 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
 829 *      (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
 830 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
 831 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
 832 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
 833 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
 834 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
 835 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 836 *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 837 *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 838 *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
 839 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
 840 *      allowed through even on unauthorized ports
 841 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
 842 *      protocol frames.
 843 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
 844 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
 845 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
 846 *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
 847 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
 848 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
 849 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
 850 *      offload)
 851 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
 852 */
 853struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
 854        u32 wpa_versions;
 855        u32 cipher_group;
 856        int n_ciphers_pairwise;
 857        u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
 858        int n_akm_suites;
 859        u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
 860        bool control_port;
 861        __be16 control_port_ethertype;
 862        bool control_port_no_encrypt;
 863        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
 864        struct key_params *wep_keys;
 865        int wep_tx_key;
 866        const u8 *psk;
 867        const u8 *sae_pwd;
 868        u8 sae_pwd_len;
 869};
 870
 871/**
 872 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
 873 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
 874 *      or %NULL if not changed
 875 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
 876 *      or %NULL if not changed
 877 * @head_len: length of @head
 878 * @tail_len: length of @tail
 879 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
 880 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
 881 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
 882 *      frames or %NULL
 883 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
 884 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
 885 *      Response frames or %NULL
 886 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
 887 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
 888 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
 889 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
 890 *      (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
 891 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
 892 *      (measurement type 8)
 893 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
 894 *      Token (measurement type 11)
 895 * @lci_len: LCI data length
 896 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
 897 */
 898struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
 899        const u8 *head, *tail;
 900        const u8 *beacon_ies;
 901        const u8 *proberesp_ies;
 902        const u8 *assocresp_ies;
 903        const u8 *probe_resp;
 904        const u8 *lci;
 905        const u8 *civicloc;
 906        s8 ftm_responder;
 907
 908        size_t head_len, tail_len;
 909        size_t beacon_ies_len;
 910        size_t proberesp_ies_len;
 911        size_t assocresp_ies_len;
 912        size_t probe_resp_len;
 913        size_t lci_len;
 914        size_t civicloc_len;
 915};
 916
 917struct mac_address {
 918        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
 919};
 920
 921/**
 922 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
 923 *
 924 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
 925 *      entry specified by mac_addr
 926 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
 927 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
 928 */
 929struct cfg80211_acl_data {
 930        enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
 931        int n_acl_entries;
 932
 933        /* Keep it last */
 934        struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
 935};
 936
 937/*
 938 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
 939 */
 940struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
 941        struct {
 942                u32 legacy;
 943                u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
 944                u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
 945                enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
 946        } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 947};
 948
 949/**
 950 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
 951 *
 952 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
 953 *
 954 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
 955 */
 956enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
 957        AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
 958};
 959
 960/**
 961 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
 962 *
 963 * Used to configure an AP interface.
 964 *
 965 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
 966 * @beacon: beacon data
 967 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
 968 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
 969 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
 970 *      user space)
 971 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
 972 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
 973 * @crypto: crypto settings
 974 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
 975 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
 976 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
 977 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
 978 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
 979 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
 980 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
 981 *      MAC address based access control
 982 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
 983 *      networks.
 984 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
 985 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
 986 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
 987 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
 988 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
 989 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
 990 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
 991 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
 992 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
 993 */
 994struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
 995        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 996
 997        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
 998
 999        int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1000        const u8 *ssid;
1001        size_t ssid_len;
1002        enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1003        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1004        bool privacy;
1005        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1006        enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1007        int inactivity_timeout;
1008        u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1009        bool p2p_opp_ps;
1010        const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1011        bool pbss;
1012        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1013
1014        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1015        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1016        const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1017        bool ht_required, vht_required;
1018        bool twt_responder;
1019        u32 flags;
1020        struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1021};
1022
1023/**
1024 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1025 *
1026 * Used for channel switch
1027 *
1028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1029 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1030 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1031 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1032 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1033 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1034 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1035 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1036 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1037 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1038 */
1039struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1040        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1041        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1042        const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1043        const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1044        unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1045        unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1046        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1047        bool radar_required;
1048        bool block_tx;
1049        u8 count;
1050};
1051
1052#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1053
1054/**
1055 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1056 *
1057 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1058 *
1059 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1060 *      to use for verification
1061 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1062 *      width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1063 *      &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1064 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1065 *      type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1066 *      nl80211_iftype.
1067 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1068 *      that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1069 *      the verification
1070 */
1071struct iface_combination_params {
1072        int num_different_channels;
1073        u8 radar_detect;
1074        int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1075        u32 new_beacon_int;
1076};
1077
1078/**
1079 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1080 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1081 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1082 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1083 *
1084 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1085 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1086 */
1087enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1088        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1089        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1090        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1091        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1092};
1093
1094/**
1095 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1096 *
1097 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1098 *
1099 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1100 *      is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1101 *      overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1102 *      power per-interface or per-station.
1103 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1104 *      will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1105 *      %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1106 *      NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1107 *      per peer TPC.
1108 */
1109struct sta_txpwr {
1110        s16 power;
1111        enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1112};
1113
1114/**
1115 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1116 *
1117 * Used to change and create a new station.
1118 *
1119 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1120 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1121 *      (or NULL for no change)
1122 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1123 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1124 *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1125 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1126 *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1127 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1128 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1129 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1130 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1131 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1132 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1133 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1134 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1135 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1136 *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1137 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1138 *      QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1139 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1140 *      (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1141 *      see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1142 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1143 *      to unknown)
1144 * @capability: station capability
1145 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1146 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1147 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1148 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1149 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1150 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1151 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1152 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1153 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1154 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1155 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1156 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1157 */
1158struct station_parameters {
1159        const u8 *supported_rates;
1160        struct net_device *vlan;
1161        u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1162        u32 sta_modify_mask;
1163        int listen_interval;
1164        u16 aid;
1165        u16 vlan_id;
1166        u16 peer_aid;
1167        u8 supported_rates_len;
1168        u8 plink_action;
1169        u8 plink_state;
1170        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1171        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1172        u8 uapsd_queues;
1173        u8 max_sp;
1174        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1175        u16 capability;
1176        const u8 *ext_capab;
1177        u8 ext_capab_len;
1178        const u8 *supported_channels;
1179        u8 supported_channels_len;
1180        const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1181        u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1182        u8 opmode_notif;
1183        bool opmode_notif_used;
1184        int support_p2p_ps;
1185        const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1186        u8 he_capa_len;
1187        u16 airtime_weight;
1188        struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1189};
1190
1191/**
1192 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1193 *
1194 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1195 *
1196 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1197 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1198 *      (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1199 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1200 */
1201struct station_del_parameters {
1202        const u8 *mac;
1203        u8 subtype;
1204        u16 reason_code;
1205};
1206
1207/**
1208 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1209 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1210 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1211 *      unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1212 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1213 *      the AP MLME in the device
1214 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1215 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1216 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1217 *      while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1218 *      being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1219 *      supported/used)
1220 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1221 *      entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1222 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1223 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1224 */
1225enum cfg80211_station_type {
1226        CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1227        CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1228        CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1229        CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1230        CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1231        CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1232        CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1233        CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1234        CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1235};
1236
1237/**
1238 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1239 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1240 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1241 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1242 *
1243 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1244 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1245 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1246 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1247 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1248 */
1249int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1250                                  struct station_parameters *params,
1251                                  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1252
1253/**
1254 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1255 *
1256 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1257 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1258 *
1259 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1260 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1261 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1262 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1263 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1264 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1265 */
1266enum rate_info_flags {
1267        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS                     = BIT(0),
1268        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS                 = BIT(1),
1269        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI                = BIT(2),
1270        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG                     = BIT(3),
1271        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS                  = BIT(4),
1272        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG                    = BIT(5),
1273};
1274
1275/**
1276 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1277 *
1278 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1279 *
1280 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1281 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1282 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1283 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1284 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1285 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1286 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1287 */
1288enum rate_info_bw {
1289        RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1290        RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1291        RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1292        RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1293        RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1294        RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1295        RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1296};
1297
1298/**
1299 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1300 *
1301 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1302 *
1303 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1304 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1305 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1306 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1307 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1308 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1309 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1310 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1311 *      only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1312 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1313 */
1314struct rate_info {
1315        u8 flags;
1316        u8 mcs;
1317        u16 legacy;
1318        u8 nss;
1319        u8 bw;
1320        u8 he_gi;
1321        u8 he_dcm;
1322        u8 he_ru_alloc;
1323        u8 n_bonded_ch;
1324};
1325
1326/**
1327 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1328 *
1329 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1330 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1331 *
1332 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1333 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1334 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1335 */
1336enum bss_param_flags {
1337        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT        = 1<<0,
1338        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE  = 1<<1,
1339        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1340};
1341
1342/**
1343 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1344 *
1345 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1346 *
1347 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1348 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1349 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1350 */
1351struct sta_bss_parameters {
1352        u8 flags;
1353        u8 dtim_period;
1354        u16 beacon_interval;
1355};
1356
1357/**
1358 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1359 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1360 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1361 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1362 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1363 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1364 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1365 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1366 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1367 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1368 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1369 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1370 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1371 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1372 */
1373struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1374        u32 filled;
1375        u32 backlog_bytes;
1376        u32 backlog_packets;
1377        u32 flows;
1378        u32 drops;
1379        u32 ecn_marks;
1380        u32 overlimit;
1381        u32 overmemory;
1382        u32 collisions;
1383        u32 tx_bytes;
1384        u32 tx_packets;
1385        u32 max_flows;
1386};
1387
1388/**
1389 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1390 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1391 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1392 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1393 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1394 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1395 *      transmitted MSDUs
1396 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1397 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1398 */
1399struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1400        u32 filled;
1401        u64 rx_msdu;
1402        u64 tx_msdu;
1403        u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1404        u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1405        struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1406};
1407
1408#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS    4
1409
1410/**
1411 * struct station_info - station information
1412 *
1413 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1414 *
1415 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1416 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1417 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1418 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1419 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1420 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1421 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1422 * @llid: mesh local link id
1423 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1424 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1425 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1426 *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1427 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1428 *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1429 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1430 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1431 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1432 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1433 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1434 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1435 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1436 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1437 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1438 * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1439 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1440 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1441 *      This number should increase every time the list of stations
1442 *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1443 *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1444 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1445 *      This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1446 *      user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1447 *      the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1448 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1449 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1450 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1451 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1452 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1453 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1454 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1455 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1456 *      towards this station.
1457 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1458 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1459 *      from this peer
1460 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1461 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1462 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1463 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1464 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1465 *      (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1466 *      Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1467 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1468 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1469 *      been sent.
1470 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1471 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1472 *      an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1473 *      received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1474 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1475 */
1476struct station_info {
1477        u64 filled;
1478        u32 connected_time;
1479        u32 inactive_time;
1480        u64 assoc_at;
1481        u64 rx_bytes;
1482        u64 tx_bytes;
1483        u16 llid;
1484        u16 plid;
1485        u8 plink_state;
1486        s8 signal;
1487        s8 signal_avg;
1488
1489        u8 chains;
1490        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1491        s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1492
1493        struct rate_info txrate;
1494        struct rate_info rxrate;
1495        u32 rx_packets;
1496        u32 tx_packets;
1497        u32 tx_retries;
1498        u32 tx_failed;
1499        u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1500        struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1501        struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1502
1503        int generation;
1504
1505        const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1506        size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1507
1508        u32 beacon_loss_count;
1509        s64 t_offset;
1510        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1511        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1512        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1513
1514        u32 expected_throughput;
1515
1516        u64 tx_duration;
1517        u64 rx_duration;
1518        u64 rx_beacon;
1519        u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1520        u8 connected_to_gate;
1521
1522        struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1523        s8 ack_signal;
1524        s8 avg_ack_signal;
1525
1526        u16 airtime_weight;
1527
1528        u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1529        u32 fcs_err_count;
1530
1531        u32 airtime_link_metric;
1532};
1533
1534#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1535/**
1536 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1537 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1538 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1539 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1540 *
1541 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1542 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1543 * considered undefined.
1544 */
1545int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1546                         struct station_info *sinfo);
1547#else
1548static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1549                                       const u8 *mac_addr,
1550                                       struct station_info *sinfo)
1551{
1552        return -ENOENT;
1553}
1554#endif
1555
1556/**
1557 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1558 *
1559 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1560 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1561 *
1562 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1563 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1564 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1565 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1566 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1567 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1568 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1569 */
1570enum monitor_flags {
1571        MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED            = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1572        MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL            = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1573        MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL           = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1574        MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL            = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1575        MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS          = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1576        MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES        = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1577        MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE             = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1578};
1579
1580/**
1581 * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1582 *
1583 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1584 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1585 *
1586 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1587 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1588 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1589 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1590 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1591 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1592 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1593 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1594 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1595 */
1596enum mpath_info_flags {
1597        MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN           = BIT(0),
1598        MPATH_INFO_SN                   = BIT(1),
1599        MPATH_INFO_METRIC               = BIT(2),
1600        MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME              = BIT(3),
1601        MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT    = BIT(4),
1602        MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES    = BIT(5),
1603        MPATH_INFO_FLAGS                = BIT(6),
1604        MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT            = BIT(7),
1605        MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE          = BIT(8),
1606};
1607
1608/**
1609 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1610 *
1611 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1612 *
1613 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1614 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1615 * @sn: target sequence number
1616 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1617 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1618 * @flags: mesh path flags
1619 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1620 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1621 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1622 *      This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1623 *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1624 *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1625 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1626 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1627 */
1628struct mpath_info {
1629        u32 filled;
1630        u32 frame_qlen;
1631        u32 sn;
1632        u32 metric;
1633        u32 exptime;
1634        u32 discovery_timeout;
1635        u8 discovery_retries;
1636        u8 flags;
1637        u8 hop_count;
1638        u32 path_change_count;
1639
1640        int generation;
1641};
1642
1643/**
1644 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1645 *
1646 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1647 *
1648 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1649 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1650 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1651 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1652 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1653 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1654 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1655 *      (or NULL for no change)
1656 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1657 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1658 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1659 *      (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1660 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1661 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1662 */
1663struct bss_parameters {
1664        int use_cts_prot;
1665        int use_short_preamble;
1666        int use_short_slot_time;
1667        const u8 *basic_rates;
1668        u8 basic_rates_len;
1669        int ap_isolate;
1670        int ht_opmode;
1671        s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1672};
1673
1674/**
1675 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1676 *
1677 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1678 *
1679 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1680 *      by the Mesh Peering Open message
1681 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1682 *      used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1683 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1684 *      the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1685 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1686 *      mesh interface
1687 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1688 *      be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1689 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1690 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1691 *      elements
1692 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1693 *      detect compatible mesh peers
1694 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1695 *      synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1696 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1697 *      that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1698 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1699 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1700 *      a path discovery in milliseconds
1701 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1702 *      receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1703 *      root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1704 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1705 *      which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1706 *      element
1707 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1708 *      which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1709 *      element
1710 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1711 *      it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1712 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1713 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1714 *      announcements are transmitted
1715 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1716 *      station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1717 *      missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1718 *      only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1719 *      not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1720 *      same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1721 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1722 *      entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1723 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1724 *      station to establish a peer link
1725 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1726 *
1727 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1728 *      receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1729 *      the root mesh STA to be valid.
1730 *
1731 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1732 *      PREQs are transmitted.
1733 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1734 *      during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1735 *      a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1736 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1737 *      setting for new peer links.
1738 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1739 *      after transmitting its beacon.
1740 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1741 *      peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1742 *      from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1743 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1744 *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1745 *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1746 *      in the mesh path table
1747 */
1748struct mesh_config {
1749        u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1750        u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1751        u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1752        u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1753        u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1754        u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1755        u8 element_ttl;
1756        bool auto_open_plinks;
1757        u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1758        u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1759        u32 path_refresh_time;
1760        u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1761        u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1762        u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1763        u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1764        u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1765        u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1766        bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1767        u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1768        bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1769        bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1770        s32 rssi_threshold;
1771        u16 ht_opmode;
1772        u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1773        u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1774        u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1775        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1776        u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1777        u32 plink_timeout;
1778};
1779
1780/**
1781 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1782 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1783 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1784 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1785 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1786 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1787 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1788 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1789 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1790 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1791 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1792 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1793 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1794 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1795 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1796 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1797 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1798 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1799 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1800 *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1801 *      to operate on DFS channels.
1802 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1803 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1804 *
1805 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1806 */
1807struct mesh_setup {
1808        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1809        const u8 *mesh_id;
1810        u8 mesh_id_len;
1811        u8 sync_method;
1812        u8 path_sel_proto;
1813        u8 path_metric;
1814        u8 auth_id;
1815        const u8 *ie;
1816        u8 ie_len;
1817        bool is_authenticated;
1818        bool is_secure;
1819        bool user_mpm;
1820        u8 dtim_period;
1821        u16 beacon_interval;
1822        int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1823        u32 basic_rates;
1824        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1825        bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1826        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1827};
1828
1829/**
1830 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1831 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1832 *
1833 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1834 */
1835struct ocb_setup {
1836        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1837};
1838
1839/**
1840 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1841 * @ac: AC identifier
1842 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1843 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1844 *      1..32767]
1845 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1846 *      1..32767]
1847 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1848 */
1849struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1850        enum nl80211_ac ac;
1851        u16 txop;
1852        u16 cwmin;
1853        u16 cwmax;
1854        u8 aifs;
1855};
1856
1857/**
1858 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1859 *
1860 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1861 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1862 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1863 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1864 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1865 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1866 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1867 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1868 * in the wiphy structure.
1869 *
1870 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1871 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1872 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1873 *
1874 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1875 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1876 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1877 * to userspace.
1878 */
1879
1880/**
1881 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1882 * @ssid: the SSID
1883 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1884 */
1885struct cfg80211_ssid {
1886        u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1887        u8 ssid_len;
1888};
1889
1890/**
1891 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1892 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1893 *      wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1894 *      information is not available, this field is left zero.
1895 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1896 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1897 *      userspace will be notified of that
1898 */
1899struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1900        u64 scan_start_tsf;
1901        u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1902        bool aborted;
1903};
1904
1905/**
1906 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1907 *
1908 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1909 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1910 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1911 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1912 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1913 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1914 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1915 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1916 *      %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1917 *      the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1918 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1919 *      %duration field.
1920 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1921 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1922 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1923 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1924 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1925 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1926 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1927 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1928 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1929 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1930 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1931 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
1932 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1933 */
1934struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1935        struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1936        int n_ssids;
1937        u32 n_channels;
1938        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1939        const u8 *ie;
1940        size_t ie_len;
1941        u16 duration;
1942        bool duration_mandatory;
1943        u32 flags;
1944
1945        u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1946
1947        struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1948
1949        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1950        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1951        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1952
1953        /* internal */
1954        struct wiphy *wiphy;
1955        unsigned long scan_start;
1956        struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1957        bool notified;
1958        bool no_cck;
1959
1960        /* keep last */
1961        struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1962};
1963
1964static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1965{
1966        int i;
1967
1968        get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1969        for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1970                buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1971                buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1972        }
1973}
1974
1975/**
1976 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1977 *
1978 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1979 *      or no match (RSSI only)
1980 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1981 *      or no match (RSSI only)
1982 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1983 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
1984 *      for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
1985 *      of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
1986 *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
1987 *      specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
1988 *      If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
1989 *      corresponding matchset.
1990 */
1991struct cfg80211_match_set {
1992        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1993        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1994        s32 rssi_thold;
1995        s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1996};
1997
1998/**
1999 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2000 *
2001 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2002 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2003 *      infinite loop.
2004 *      The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2005 *      all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2006 */
2007struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2008        u32 interval;
2009        u32 iterations;
2010};
2011
2012/**
2013 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2014 *
2015 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2016 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2017 */
2018struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2019        enum nl80211_band band;
2020        s8 delta;
2021};
2022
2023/**
2024 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2025 *
2026 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2027 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2028 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2029 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2030 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2031 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2032 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2033 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2034 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2035 *      entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2036 *      (others are filtered out).
2037 *      If ommited, all results are passed.
2038 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2039 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2040 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2041 * @dev: the interface
2042 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2043 * @channels: channels to scan
2044 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2045 *      contains the minimum over all matchsets
2046 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2047 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2048 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2049 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
2050 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2051 *      index must be executed first.
2052 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2053 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2054 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2055 *      owned by a particular socket)
2056 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2057 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2058 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2059 *      cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2060 *      immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2061 *      supported.
2062 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2063 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2064 *      reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2065 *      to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2066 *      The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2067 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2068 *      to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2069 *      using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2070 *      belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2071 *      comparisions.
2072 */
2073struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2074        u64 reqid;
2075        struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2076        int n_ssids;
2077        u32 n_channels;
2078        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2079        const u8 *ie;
2080        size_t ie_len;
2081        u32 flags;
2082        struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2083        int n_match_sets;
2084        s32 min_rssi_thold;
2085        u32 delay;
2086        struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2087        int n_scan_plans;
2088
2089        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2090        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2091
2092        bool relative_rssi_set;
2093        s8 relative_rssi;
2094        struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2095
2096        /* internal */
2097        struct wiphy *wiphy;
2098        struct net_device *dev;
2099        unsigned long scan_start;
2100        bool report_results;
2101        struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2102        u32 owner_nlportid;
2103        bool nl_owner_dead;
2104        struct list_head list;
2105
2106        /* keep last */
2107        struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2108};
2109
2110/**
2111 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2112 *
2113 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2114 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2115 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2116 */
2117enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2118        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2119        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2120        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2121};
2122
2123/**
2124 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2125 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2126 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2127 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2128 *      signal type
2129 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2130 *      received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2131 *      received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2132 *      buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2133 *      If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2134 *      ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2135 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2136 *      timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2137 *      by %parent_bssid.
2138 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2139 *      the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2140 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2141 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2142 */
2143struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2144        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2145        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2146        s32 signal;
2147        u64 boottime_ns;
2148        u64 parent_tsf;
2149        u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2150        u8 chains;
2151        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2152};
2153
2154/**
2155 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2156 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2157 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2158 * @len: length of the IEs
2159 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2160 * @data: IE data
2161 */
2162struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2163        u64 tsf;
2164        struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2165        int len;
2166        bool from_beacon;
2167        u8 data[];
2168};
2169
2170/**
2171 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2172 *
2173 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2174 * for use in scan results and similar.
2175 *
2176 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2177 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2178 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2179 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2180 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2181 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2182 *      are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2183 *      proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2184 *      received. It is always non-%NULL.
2185 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2186 *      (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2187 *      own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2188 *      @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2189 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2190 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2191 *      a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2192 *      that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2193 *      points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2194 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2195 *      non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2196 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2197 *      (multi-BSSID support)
2198 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2199 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2200 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2201 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2202 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2203 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2204 */
2205struct cfg80211_bss {
2206        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2207        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2208
2209        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2210        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2211        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2212
2213        struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2214        struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2215        struct list_head nontrans_list;
2216
2217        s32 signal;
2218
2219        u16 beacon_interval;
2220        u16 capability;
2221
2222        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2223        u8 chains;
2224        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2225
2226        u8 bssid_index;
2227        u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2228
2229        u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2230};
2231
2232/**
2233 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2234 * @bss: the bss to search
2235 * @id: the element ID
2236 *
2237 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2238 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2239 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2240 */
2241const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2242
2243/**
2244 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2245 * @bss: the bss to search
2246 * @id: the element ID
2247 *
2248 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2249 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2250 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2251 */
2252static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2253{
2254        return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2255}
2256
2257
2258/**
2259 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2260 *
2261 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2262 * authentication.
2263 *
2264 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2265 *      to it if it needs to keep it.
2266 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2267 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2268 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2269 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2270 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2271 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2272 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2273 *      the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2274 *      Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2275 *      transaction sequence number field.
2276 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2277 */
2278struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2279        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2280        const u8 *ie;
2281        size_t ie_len;
2282        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2283        const u8 *key;
2284        u8 key_len, key_idx;
2285        const u8 *auth_data;
2286        size_t auth_data_len;
2287};
2288
2289/**
2290 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2291 *
2292 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2293 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2294 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2295 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2296 *      authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2297 *      userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2298 *      request (connect callback).
2299 */
2300enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2301        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT                    = BIT(0),
2302        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT                   = BIT(1),
2303        ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM                       = BIT(2),
2304        CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT       = BIT(3),
2305};
2306
2307/**
2308 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2309 *
2310 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2311 * (re)association.
2312 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2313 *      given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2314 *      or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2315 *      association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2316 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2317 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2318 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2319 * @crypto: crypto settings
2320 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2321 *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2322 *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2323 *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2324 *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2325 *      frame.
2326 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2327 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2328 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2329 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2330 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2331 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2332 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2333 *      %NULL if FILS is not used.
2334 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2335 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2336 *      Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2337 *      with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2338 */
2339struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2340        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2341        const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2342        size_t ie_len;
2343        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2344        bool use_mfp;
2345        u32 flags;
2346        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2347        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2348        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2349        const u8 *fils_kek;
2350        size_t fils_kek_len;
2351        const u8 *fils_nonces;
2352};
2353
2354/**
2355 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2356 *
2357 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2358 * deauthentication.
2359 *
2360 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2361 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2362 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2363 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2364 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2365 *      do not set a deauth frame
2366 */
2367struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2368        const u8 *bssid;
2369        const u8 *ie;
2370        size_t ie_len;
2371        u16 reason_code;
2372        bool local_state_change;
2373};
2374
2375/**
2376 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2377 *
2378 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2379 * disassociation.
2380 *
2381 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2382 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2383 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2384 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2385 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2386 *      Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2387 */
2388struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2389        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2390        const u8 *ie;
2391        size_t ie_len;
2392        u16 reason_code;
2393        bool local_state_change;
2394};
2395
2396/**
2397 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2398 *
2399 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2400 * method.
2401 *
2402 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2403 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2404 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2405 *      search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2406 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2407 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2408 *      IBSSs to join on other channels.
2409 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2410 * @ie_len: length of that
2411 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2412 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2413 *      after joining
2414 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2415 *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2416 *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2417 *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2418 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2419 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2420 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2421 *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2422 *      to operate on DFS channels.
2423 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2424 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2425 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2426 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2427 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2428 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2429 *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2430 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2431 */
2432struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2433        const u8 *ssid;
2434        const u8 *bssid;
2435        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2436        const u8 *ie;
2437        u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2438        u16 beacon_interval;
2439        u32 basic_rates;
2440        bool channel_fixed;
2441        bool privacy;
2442        bool control_port;
2443        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2444        bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2445        int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2446        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2447        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2448        struct key_params *wep_keys;
2449        int wep_tx_key;
2450};
2451
2452/**
2453 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2454 *
2455 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2456 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2457 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2458 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2459 */
2460struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2461        enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2462        union {
2463                enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2464                struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2465        } param;
2466};
2467
2468/**
2469 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2470 *
2471 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2472 * authentication and association.
2473 *
2474 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2475 *      on scan results)
2476 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2477 *      %NULL if not specified
2478 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2479 *      results)
2480 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2481 *      %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2482 *      allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2483 *      to use.
2484 * @ssid: SSID
2485 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2486 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2487 * @ie: IEs for association request
2488 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2489 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2490 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2491 * @crypto: crypto settings
2492 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2493 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2494 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2495 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2496 * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2497 *      or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2498 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2499 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2500 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2501 * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2502 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2503 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2504 *      networks.
2505 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2506 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2507 *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2508 *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2509 *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2510 *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2511 *      frame.
2512 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2513 *      NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2514 *      data IE.
2515 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2516 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2517 *      %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2518 *      is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2519 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2520 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2521 *      messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2522 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2523 *      keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2524 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2525 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2526 *      offload of 4-way handshake.
2527 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2528 *      This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2529 *      to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2530 */
2531struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2532        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2533        struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2534        const u8 *bssid;
2535        const u8 *bssid_hint;
2536        const u8 *ssid;
2537        size_t ssid_len;
2538        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2539        const u8 *ie;
2540        size_t ie_len;
2541        bool privacy;
2542        enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2543        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2544        const u8 *key;
2545        u8 key_len, key_idx;
2546        u32 flags;
2547        int bg_scan_period;
2548        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2549        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2550        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2551        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2552        bool pbss;
2553        struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2554        const u8 *prev_bssid;
2555        const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2556        size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2557        const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2558        size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2559        u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2560        const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2561        size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2562        bool want_1x;
2563        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2564};
2565
2566/**
2567 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2568 *
2569 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2570 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2571 *
2572 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2573 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2574 *      username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2575 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2576 */
2577enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2578        UPDATE_ASSOC_IES                = BIT(0),
2579        UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO            = BIT(1),
2580        UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE                = BIT(2),
2581};
2582
2583/**
2584 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2586 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2587 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2588 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2589 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2590 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2591 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2592 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2593 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2594 */
2595enum wiphy_params_flags {
2596        WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT         = 1 << 0,
2597        WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG          = 1 << 1,
2598        WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD      = 1 << 2,
2599        WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD       = 1 << 3,
2600        WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS      = 1 << 4,
2601        WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK             = 1 << 5,
2602        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT           = 1 << 6,
2603        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT    = 1 << 7,
2604        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM         = 1 << 8,
2605};
2606
2607#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT        256
2608
2609/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2610#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L       5000
2611#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H       12000
2612
2613/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2614#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD                 24000
2615
2616/**
2617 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2618 *
2619 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2620 * caching.
2621 *
2622 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2623 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2624 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2625 *      derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2626 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2627 *      the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2628 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2629 *      cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2630 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2631 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2632 *      scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2633 *      %NULL).
2634 */
2635struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2636        const u8 *bssid;
2637        const u8 *pmkid;
2638        const u8 *pmk;
2639        size_t pmk_len;
2640        const u8 *ssid;
2641        size_t ssid_len;
2642        const u8 *cache_id;
2643};
2644
2645/**
2646 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2647 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2648 *      one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2649 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2650 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2651 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2652 *
2653 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2654 * memory, free @mask only!
2655 */
2656struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2657        const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2658        int pattern_len;
2659        int pkt_offset;
2660};
2661
2662/**
2663 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2664 *
2665 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2666 * @src: source IP address
2667 * @dst: destination IP address
2668 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2669 * @src_port: source port
2670 * @dst_port: destination port
2671 * @payload_len: data payload length
2672 * @payload: data payload buffer
2673 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2674 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2675 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2676 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2677 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2678 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2679 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2680 */
2681struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2682        struct socket *sock;
2683        __be32 src, dst;
2684        u16 src_port, dst_port;
2685        u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2686        int payload_len;
2687        const u8 *payload;
2688        struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2689        u32 data_interval;
2690        u32 wake_len;
2691        const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2692        u32 tokens_size;
2693        /* must be last, variable member */
2694        struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2695};
2696
2697/**
2698 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2699 *
2700 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2701 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2702 *      operating as normal during suspend
2703 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2704 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2705 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2706 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2707 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2708 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2709 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2710 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2711 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2712 *      NULL if not configured.
2713 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2714 */
2715struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2716        bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2717             eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2718             rfkill_release;
2719        struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2720        struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2721        int n_patterns;
2722        struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2723};
2724
2725/**
2726 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2727 *
2728 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2729 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2730 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2731 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2732 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2733 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2734 */
2735struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2736        int delay;
2737        enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2738        struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2739        int n_patterns;
2740};
2741
2742/**
2743 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2744 *
2745 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2746 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2747 * @n_rules: number of rules
2748 */
2749struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2750        struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2751        int n_rules;
2752};
2753
2754/**
2755 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2756 *
2757 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2758 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2759 *      value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2760 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2761 *      occurred (in MHz)
2762 */
2763struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2764        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2765        int n_channels;
2766        u32 channels[];
2767};
2768
2769/**
2770 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2771 *
2772 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2773 *      @matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2774 *      match information.
2775 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2776 *      the matches that triggered the wake up.
2777 */
2778struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2779        int n_matches;
2780        struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2781};
2782
2783/**
2784 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2785 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2786 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2787 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2788 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2789 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2790 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2791 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2792 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2793 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2794 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2795 * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2796 *      frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2797 *      disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2798 *      it is.
2799 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2800 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2801 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2802 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2803 */
2804struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2805        bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2806             eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2807             rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2808             tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2809        s32 pattern_idx;
2810        u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2811        const void *packet;
2812        struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2813};
2814
2815/**
2816 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2817 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2818 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2819 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2820 */
2821struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2822        const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2823};
2824
2825/**
2826 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2827 *
2828 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2829 *
2830 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2831 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2832 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2833 */
2834struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2835        u16 md;
2836        const u8 *ie;
2837        size_t ie_len;
2838};
2839
2840/**
2841 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2842 *
2843 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2844 *
2845 * @chan: channel to use
2846 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2847 * @wait: duration for ROC
2848 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2849 * @len: buffer length
2850 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2851 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2852 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2853 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2854 */
2855struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2856        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2857        bool offchan;
2858        unsigned int wait;
2859        const u8 *buf;
2860        size_t len;
2861        bool no_cck;
2862        bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2863        int n_csa_offsets;
2864        const u16 *csa_offsets;
2865};
2866
2867/**
2868 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2869 *
2870 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2871 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2872 */
2873struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2874        u8 dscp;
2875        u8 up;
2876};
2877
2878/**
2879 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2880 *
2881 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2882 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2883 */
2884struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2885        u8 low;
2886        u8 high;
2887};
2888
2889/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2890#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX        21
2891#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN       16
2892#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2893        (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2894
2895/**
2896 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2897 *
2898 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2899 *
2900 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2901 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2902 *      the user priority DSCP range definition
2903 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2904 */
2905struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2906        u8 num_des;
2907        struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2908        struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2909};
2910
2911/**
2912 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2913 *
2914 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2915 *
2916 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2917 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2918 *      For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2919 *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2920 */
2921struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2922        u8 master_pref;
2923        u8 bands;
2924};
2925
2926/**
2927 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2928 * configuration
2929 *
2930 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2931 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2932 */
2933enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2934        CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2935        CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2936};
2937
2938/**
2939 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2940 *
2941 * @filter: the content of the filter
2942 * @len: the length of the filter
2943 */
2944struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2945        const u8 *filter;
2946        u8 len;
2947};
2948
2949/**
2950 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2951 *
2952 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2953 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2954 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2955 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2956 *      implementation specific.
2957 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2958 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2959 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2960 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2961 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2962 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2963 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2964 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2965 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2966 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2967 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2968 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2969 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2970 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2971 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2972 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2973 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2974 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2975 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2976 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2977 */
2978struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2979        enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2980        u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2981        u8 publish_type;
2982        bool close_range;
2983        bool publish_bcast;
2984        bool subscribe_active;
2985        u8 followup_id;
2986        u8 followup_reqid;
2987        struct mac_address followup_dest;
2988        u32 ttl;
2989        const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2990        u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2991        bool srf_include;
2992        const u8 *srf_bf;
2993        u8 srf_bf_len;
2994        u8 srf_bf_idx;
2995        struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2996        int srf_num_macs;
2997        struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2998        struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2999        u8 num_tx_filters;
3000        u8 num_rx_filters;
3001        u8 instance_id;
3002        u64 cookie;
3003};
3004
3005/**
3006 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3007 *
3008 * @aa: authenticator address
3009 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3010 * @pmk: the PMK material
3011 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3012 *      is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3013 *      holds PMK-R0.
3014 */
3015struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3016        const u8 *aa;
3017        u8 pmk_len;
3018        const u8 *pmk;
3019        const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3020};
3021
3022/**
3023 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3024 *
3025 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3026 *
3027 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3028 *      for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3029 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3030 *      to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3031 *      authentication response command interface.
3032 * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3033 *      authentication response command interface.
3034 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3035 *      authentication request event interface.
3036 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3037 *      use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3038 *      the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3039 *      response command interface (user space to driver).
3040 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3041 */
3042struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3043        enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3044        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3045        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3046        unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3047        u16 status;
3048        const u8 *pmkid;
3049};
3050
3051/**
3052 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3053 *
3054 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3055 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3056 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3057 *      answered
3058 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3059 *      successfully answered
3060 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3061 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3062 * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3063 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3064 *      of how much time the responder was busy
3065 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3066 *      initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3067 *      the responder
3068 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3069 *      for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3070 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3071 */
3072struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3073        u32 filled;
3074        u32 success_num;
3075        u32 partial_num;
3076        u32 failed_num;
3077        u32 asap_num;
3078        u32 non_asap_num;
3079        u64 total_duration_ms;
3080        u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3081        u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3082        u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3083};
3084
3085/**
3086 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3087 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3088 *      %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3089 *      reason than just "failure"
3090 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3091 *      in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3092 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3093 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3094 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3095 *      fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3096 *      by the responder
3097 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3098 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3099 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3100 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3101 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3102 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3103 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3104 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3105 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3106 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3107 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3108 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3109 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3110 *      the square root of the variance)
3111 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3112 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3113 *      (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3114 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3115 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3116 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3117 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3118 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3119 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3120 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3121 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3122 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3123 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3124 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3125 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3126 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3127 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3128 */
3129struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3130        const u8 *lci;
3131        const u8 *civicloc;
3132        unsigned int lci_len;
3133        unsigned int civicloc_len;
3134        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3135        u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3136        s16 burst_index;
3137        u8 busy_retry_time;
3138        u8 num_bursts_exp;
3139        u8 burst_duration;
3140        u8 ftms_per_burst;
3141        s32 rssi_avg;
3142        s32 rssi_spread;
3143        struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3144        s64 rtt_avg;
3145        s64 rtt_variance;
3146        s64 rtt_spread;
3147        s64 dist_avg;
3148        s64 dist_variance;
3149        s64 dist_spread;
3150
3151        u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3152            num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3153            rssi_avg_valid:1,
3154            rssi_spread_valid:1,
3155            tx_rate_valid:1,
3156            rx_rate_valid:1,
3157            rtt_avg_valid:1,
3158            rtt_variance_valid:1,
3159            rtt_spread_valid:1,
3160            dist_avg_valid:1,
3161            dist_variance_valid:1,
3162            dist_spread_valid:1;
3163};
3164
3165/**
3166 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3167 * @addr: address of the peer
3168 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3169 *      measurement was made)
3170 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3171 * @status: status of the measurement
3172 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3173 *      reporting partial results always set this flag
3174 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3175 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3176 *      one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3177 *      they're all aggregated for userspace.
3178 */
3179struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3180        u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3181        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3182
3183        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3184
3185        u8 final:1,
3186           ap_tsf_valid:1;
3187
3188        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3189
3190        union {
3191                struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3192        };
3193};
3194
3195/**
3196 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3197 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3198 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3199 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3200 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3201 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3202 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3203 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3204 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3205 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3206 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3207 *
3208 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3209 */
3210struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3211        enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3212        u16 burst_period;
3213        u8 requested:1,
3214           asap:1,
3215           request_lci:1,
3216           request_civicloc:1;
3217        u8 num_bursts_exp;
3218        u8 burst_duration;
3219        u8 ftms_per_burst;
3220        u8 ftmr_retries;
3221};
3222
3223/**
3224 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3225 * @addr: MAC address
3226 * @chandef: channel to use
3227 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3228 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3229 */
3230struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3231        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3232        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3233        u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3234        struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3235};
3236
3237/**
3238 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3239 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3240 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3241 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3242 *      not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3243 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3244 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3245 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3246 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
3247 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3248 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3249 *      zero it means there's no timeout
3250 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3251 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3252 */
3253struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3254        u64 cookie;
3255        void *drv_data;
3256        u32 n_peers;
3257        u32 nl_portid;
3258
3259        u32 timeout;
3260
3261        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3262        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3263
3264        struct list_head list;
3265
3266        struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3267};
3268
3269/**
3270 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3271 *
3272 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3273 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3274 *
3275 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3276 *
3277 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3278 *      has to be done.
3279 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3280 *      processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3281 *      cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3282 *      OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3283 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3284 *      the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3285 *      the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3286 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3287 */
3288struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3289        u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3290        u16 status;
3291        const u8 *ie;
3292        size_t ie_len;
3293};
3294
3295/**
3296 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3297 *
3298 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3299 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3300 *
3301 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3302 * on success or a negative error code.
3303 *
3304 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3305 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3306 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3307 *
3308 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3309 *      be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3310 *      configured for the device.
3311 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3312 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3313 *      to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3314 *      the device.
3315 *
3316 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3317 *      must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3318 *      the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3319 *      wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3320 *      also set the address member in the wdev.
3321 *
3322 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3323 *
3324 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3325 *      keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3326 *
3327 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3328 *      when adding a group key.
3329 *
3330 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3331 *      @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3332 *      key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3333 *      after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3334 *      not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3335 *
3336 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3337 *      and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3338 *
3339 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3340 *
3341 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3342 *
3343 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3344 *
3345 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3346 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3347 *      interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3348 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3349 *
3350 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3351 * @del_station: Remove a station
3352 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3353 *      validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3354 *      might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3355 *      them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3356 *      cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3357 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3358 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3359 *
3360 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3361 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3362 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3363 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3364 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3365 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3366 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3367 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3368 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3369 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3370 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3371 *
3372 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3373 *
3374 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3375 *      The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3376 *      set, and which to leave alone.
3377 *
3378 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3379 *
3380 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3381 *
3382 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3383 *      as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3384 *      join the mesh instead.
3385 *
3386 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3387 *      interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3388 *      If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3389 *      be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3390 *
3391 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3392 *      the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3393 *      For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3394 *      the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3395 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3396 *      indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3397 *
3398 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3399 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3400 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3401 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3402 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3403 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3404 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3405 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3406 *
3407 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3408 *      call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3409 *      %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3410 *      cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3411 *      from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3412 *      was received.
3413 *      The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3414 *      other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3415 *      by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3416 *      the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3417 *      frame instead of Association Request frame.
3418 *      The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3419 *      specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3420 *      parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3421 *      indication of requesting reassociation.
3422 *      In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3423 *      cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3424 *      cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3425 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3426 *      BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3427 *      subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3428 *      Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3429 *      request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3430 *      BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3431 *      changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3432 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3433 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3434 *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3435 *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3436 *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3437 *
3438 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3439 *      cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3440 *      to a merge.
3441 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3442 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3443 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3444 *
3445 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3446 *      MESH mode)
3447 *
3448 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3449 *      @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3450 *      have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3451 *      struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3452 *
3453 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3454 *      the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3455 *      wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3456 *      always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3457 *      (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3458 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3459 *      return 0 if successful
3460 *
3461 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3462 *
3463 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3464 *      functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3465 *
3466 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3467 *
3468 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3469 *      channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3470 *      operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3471 *      ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3472 *      notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3473 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3474 *      This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3475 *      the duration value.
3476 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3477 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3478 *      frame on another channel
3479 *
3480 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3481 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3482 *      used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3483 *      return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3484 *      dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3485 *      was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3486 *      and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3487 *
3488 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3489 *
3490 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3491 *      devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3492 *      RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3493 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3494 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3495 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3496 *      allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3497 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3498 *      After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3499 *      the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3500 *      need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3501 *      disabled.)
3502 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3503 *      connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3504 *      signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3505 *      set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3506 *      If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3507 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3508 *      thresholds.
3509 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3510 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3511 *      given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3512 *      for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3513 *      called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3514 *      The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3515 *      stop (when this method returns 0).
3516 *
3517 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3518 *      registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3519 *
3520 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3521 *      Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3522 *      reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3523 *      (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3524 *
3525 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3526 *
3527 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3528 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3529 *
3530 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3531 *      later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3532 *
3533 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3534 *
3535 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3536 *      For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3537 *      current monitoring channel.
3538 *
3539 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3540 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3541 *
3542 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3543 *      Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3544 *      and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3545 *      this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3546 *      when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3547 *      advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3548 *
3549 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3550 *
3551 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3552 *      was finished on another phy.
3553 *
3554 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3555 *      driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3556 *      used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3557 *
3558 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3559 *      for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3560 *      driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3561 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3562 *      reliability. This operation can not fail.
3563 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3564 *
3565 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3566 *      responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3567 *      inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3568 *      with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3569 *      everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3570 *      as soon as possible.
3571 *
3572 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3573 *
3574 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3575 *      given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3576 *      changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3577 *
3578 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3579 *      with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3580 *      userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3581 *      account.
3582 *      If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3583 *      the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3584 *      success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3585 *      with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3586 *      rejected)
3587 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3588 *
3589 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3590 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3591 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3592 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3593 *
3594 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3595 *      is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3596 *      and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3597 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3598 *      peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3599 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3600 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3601 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3602 *      On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3603 *      it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3604 *      should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3605 *      cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3606 *      On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3607 *      provided @nan_func.
3608 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3609 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3610 *      be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3611 *      All other parameters must be ignored.
3612 *
3613 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3614 *
3615 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3616 *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3617 *
3618 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3619 *      If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3620 *      upon which the driver should clear it.
3621 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3622 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3623 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3624 *
3625 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3626 *     user space
3627 *
3628 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3629 *      tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3630 *
3631 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3632 *      Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3633 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3634 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3635 *
3636 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3637 *      but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3638 *      DH IE through this interface.
3639 *
3640 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3641 *      and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3642 */
3643struct cfg80211_ops {
3644        int     (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3645        int     (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3646        void    (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3647
3648        struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3649                                                  const char *name,
3650                                                  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3651                                                  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3652                                                  struct vif_params *params);
3653        int     (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3654                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3655        int     (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3656                                       struct net_device *dev,
3657                                       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3658                                       struct vif_params *params);
3659
3660        int     (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3661                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3662                           struct key_params *params);
3663        int     (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3664                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3665                           void *cookie,
3666                           void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3667        int     (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3668                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3669        int     (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3670                                   struct net_device *netdev,
3671                                   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3672        int     (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3673                                        struct net_device *netdev,
3674                                        u8 key_index);
3675
3676        int     (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3677                            struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3678        int     (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3679                                 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3680        int     (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3681
3682
3683        int     (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3684                               const u8 *mac,
3685                               struct station_parameters *params);
3686        int     (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3687                               struct station_del_parameters *params);
3688        int     (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3689                                  const u8 *mac,
3690                                  struct station_parameters *params);
3691        int     (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3692                               const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3693        int     (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3694                                int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3695
3696        int     (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3697                               const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3698        int     (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3699                               const u8 *dst);
3700        int     (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3701                                  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3702        int     (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3703                             u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3704        int     (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3705                              int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3706                              struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3707        int     (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3708                           u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3709        int     (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3710                            int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3711                            struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3712        int     (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3713                                struct net_device *dev,
3714                                struct mesh_config *conf);
3715        int     (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3716                                      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3717                                      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3718        int     (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3719                             const struct mesh_config *conf,
3720                             const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3721        int     (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3722
3723        int     (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3724                            struct ocb_setup *setup);
3725        int     (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3726
3727        int     (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3728                              struct bss_parameters *params);
3729
3730        int     (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3731                                  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3732
3733        int     (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3734                                             struct net_device *dev,
3735                                             struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3736
3737        int     (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3738                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3739
3740        int     (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3741                        struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3742        void    (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3743
3744        int     (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3745                        struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3746        int     (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3747                         struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3748        int     (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3749                          struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3750        int     (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3751                            struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3752
3753        int     (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3754                           struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3755        int     (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3756                                         struct net_device *dev,
3757                                         struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3758                                         u32 changed);
3759        int     (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3760                              u16 reason_code);
3761
3762        int     (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3763                             struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3764        int     (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3765
3766        int     (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3767                                  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3768
3769        int     (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3770
3771        int     (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3772                                enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3773        int     (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3774                                int *dbm);
3775
3776        int     (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3777                                const u8 *addr);
3778
3779        void    (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3780
3781#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3782        int     (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3783                                void *data, int len);
3784        int     (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3785                                 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3786                                 void *data, int len);
3787#endif
3788
3789        int     (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3790                                    struct net_device *dev,
3791                                    const u8 *peer,
3792                                    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3793
3794        int     (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3795                        int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3796
3797        int     (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3798                             struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3799        int     (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3800                             struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3801        int     (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3802
3803        int     (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3804                                     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3805                                     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3806                                     unsigned int duration,
3807                                     u64 *cookie);
3808        int     (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3809                                            struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3810                                            u64 cookie);
3811
3812        int     (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3813                           struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3814                           u64 *cookie);
3815        int     (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3816                                       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3817                                       u64 cookie);
3818
3819        int     (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3820                                  bool enabled, int timeout);
3821
3822        int     (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3823                                       struct net_device *dev,
3824                                       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3825
3826        int     (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3827                                             struct net_device *dev,
3828                                             s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3829
3830        int     (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3831                                      struct net_device *dev,
3832                                      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3833
3834        void    (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3835                                       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3836                                       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3837
3838        int     (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3839        int     (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3840
3841        int     (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3842                                struct net_device *dev,
3843                                struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3844        int     (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3845                                   u64 reqid);
3846
3847        int     (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3848                                  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3849
3850        int     (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3851                             const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3852                             u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3853                             bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3854        int     (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3855                             const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3856
3857        int     (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3858                                const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3859
3860        int     (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3861                                  struct net_device *dev,
3862                                  u16 noack_map);
3863
3864        int     (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3865                               struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3866                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3867
3868        int     (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3869                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3870        void    (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3871                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3872
3873        int     (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3874                               const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3875
3876        int     (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3877                                         struct net_device *dev,
3878                                         struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3879                                         u32 cac_time_ms);
3880        void    (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3881                                struct net_device *dev);
3882        int     (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3883                                 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3884        int     (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3885                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3886                                    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3887                                    u16 duration);
3888        void    (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3889                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3890        int     (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3891                                struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3892
3893        int     (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3894                                  struct net_device *dev,
3895                                  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3896
3897        int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3898                               struct net_device *dev,
3899                               struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3900
3901        int     (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3902                                    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3903
3904        int     (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3905                             u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3906                             u16 admitted_time);
3907        int     (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3908                             u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3909
3910        int     (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3911                                       struct net_device *dev,
3912                                       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3913                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3914        void    (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3915                                              struct net_device *dev,
3916                                              const u8 *addr);
3917        int     (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3918                             struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3919        void    (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3920        int     (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3921                                struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3922        void    (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3923                               u64 cookie);
3924        int     (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3925                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3926                                   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3927                                   u32 changes);
3928
3929        int     (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3930                                            struct net_device *dev,
3931                                            const bool enabled);
3932
3933        int     (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3934                                 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3935                                 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3936
3937        int     (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3938                           const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3939        int     (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3940                           const u8 *aa);
3941        int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3942                                 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3943
3944        int     (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3945                                   struct net_device *dev,
3946                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3947                                   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3948                                   const bool noencrypt);
3949
3950        int     (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3951                                struct net_device *dev,
3952                                struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3953
3954        int     (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3955                              struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3956        void    (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3957                              struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3958        int     (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3959                                   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3960        int     (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3961                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3962};
3963
3964/*
3965 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3966 * and registration/helper functions
3967 */
3968
3969/**
3970 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3971 *
3972 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3973 *      wiphy at all
3974 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3975 *      by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3976 *      on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3977 *      reason to override the default
3978 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3979 *      on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
3980 *      supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
3981 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3982 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3983 *      control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3984 *      control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3985 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3986 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3987 *      auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3988 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3989 *      firmware.
3990 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3991 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3992 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3993 *      link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3994 *      teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3995 *      command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3996 *      used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3997 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3998 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3999 *      when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4000 *      cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4001 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4002 *      responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4003 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4004 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4005 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4006 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4007 *      beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4008 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4009 *      before connection.
4010 */
4011enum wiphy_flags {
4012        /* use hole at 0 */
4013        /* use hole at 1 */
4014        /* use hole at 2 */
4015        WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK                     = BIT(3),
4016        WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT             = BIT(4),
4017        WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP                     = BIT(5),
4018        WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION                = BIT(6),
4019        WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL        = BIT(7),
4020        WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN                     = BIT(8),
4021        WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH                    = BIT(10),
4022        /* use hole at 11 */
4023        /* use hole at 12 */
4024        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM             = BIT(13),
4025        WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD                     = BIT(14),
4026        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS                = BIT(15),
4027        WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP          = BIT(16),
4028        WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME                  = BIT(17),
4029        WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS                 = BIT(18),
4030        WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD        = BIT(19),
4031        WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX                   = BIT(20),
4032        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL        = BIT(21),
4033        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ            = BIT(22),
4034        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH           = BIT(23),
4035        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP               = BIT(24),
4036};
4037
4038/**
4039 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4040 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4041 * @types: interface types (bits)
4042 */
4043struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4044        u16 max;
4045        u16 types;
4046};
4047
4048/**
4049 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4050 *
4051 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4052 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4053 *
4054 * Examples:
4055 *
4056 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4057 *
4058 *    .. code-block:: c
4059 *
4060 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4061 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4062 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4063 *      };
4064 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4065 *              .limits = limits1,
4066 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4067 *              .max_interfaces = 2,
4068 *              .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4069 *      };
4070 *
4071 *
4072 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4073 *
4074 *    .. code-block:: c
4075 *
4076 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4077 *              { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4078 *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4079 *      };
4080 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4081 *              .limits = limits2,
4082 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4083 *              .max_interfaces = 8,
4084 *              .num_different_channels = 1,
4085 *      };
4086 *
4087 *
4088 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4089 *
4090 *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4091 *
4092 *    .. code-block:: c
4093 *
4094 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4095 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4096 *              { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4097 *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4098 *      };
4099 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4100 *              .limits = limits3,
4101 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4102 *              .max_interfaces = 4,
4103 *              .num_different_channels = 2,
4104 *      };
4105 *
4106 */
4107struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4108        /**
4109         * @limits:
4110         * limits for the given interface types
4111         */
4112        const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4113
4114        /**
4115         * @num_different_channels:
4116         * can use up to this many different channels
4117         */
4118        u32 num_different_channels;
4119
4120        /**
4121         * @max_interfaces:
4122         * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4123         */
4124        u16 max_interfaces;
4125
4126        /**
4127         * @n_limits:
4128         * number of limitations
4129         */
4130        u8 n_limits;
4131
4132        /**
4133         * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4134         * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4135         * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4136         */
4137        bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4138
4139        /**
4140         * @radar_detect_widths:
4141         * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4142         */
4143        u8 radar_detect_widths;
4144
4145        /**
4146         * @radar_detect_regions:
4147         * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4148         */
4149        u8 radar_detect_regions;
4150
4151        /**
4152         * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4153         * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4154         *
4155         * = 0
4156         *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4157         * > 0
4158         *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4159         *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4160         *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4161         */
4162        u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4163};
4164
4165struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4166        u16 tx, rx;
4167};
4168
4169/**
4170 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4171 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4172 *      trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4173 *      wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4174 *      received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4175 *      packet should be preserved in that case
4176 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4177 *      (see nl80211.h)
4178 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4179 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4180 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4181 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4182 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4183 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4184 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4185 */
4186enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4187        WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY                = BIT(0),
4188        WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT          = BIT(1),
4189        WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT         = BIT(2),
4190        WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
4191        WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE  = BIT(4),
4192        WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ   = BIT(5),
4193        WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE     = BIT(6),
4194        WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE     = BIT(7),
4195        WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT         = BIT(8),
4196};
4197
4198struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4199        const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4200        u32 data_payload_max;
4201        u32 data_interval_max;
4202        u32 wake_payload_max;
4203        bool seq;
4204};
4205
4206/**
4207 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4208 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4209 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4210 *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4211 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4212 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4213 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4214 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4215 *      similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4216 *      scheduled scans.
4217 *      See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4218 *      details.
4219 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4220 */
4221struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4222        u32 flags;
4223        int n_patterns;
4224        int pattern_max_len;
4225        int pattern_min_len;
4226        int max_pkt_offset;
4227        int max_nd_match_sets;
4228        const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4229};
4230
4231/**
4232 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4233 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4234 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4235 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4236 *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4237 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4238 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4239 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4240 */
4241struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4242        int n_rules;
4243        int max_delay;
4244        int n_patterns;
4245        int pattern_max_len;
4246        int pattern_min_len;
4247        int max_pkt_offset;
4248};
4249
4250/**
4251 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4252 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4253 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4254 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4255 *      (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4256 */
4257enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4258        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4259        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4260        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4261};
4262
4263/**
4264 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4265 *
4266 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4267 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4268 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4269 *
4270 */
4271enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4272        STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED       = BIT(0),
4273        STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED    = BIT(1),
4274        STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED         = BIT(2),
4275};
4276
4277/**
4278 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4279 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4280 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4281 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4282 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4283 */
4284
4285struct sta_opmode_info {
4286        u32 changed;
4287        enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4288        enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4289        u8 rx_nss;
4290};
4291
4292#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4293
4294/**
4295 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4296 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4297 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4298 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4299 *      flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4300 *      pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4301 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4302 *      @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4303 *      dumpit calls.
4304 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4305 *      Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4306 *      attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4307 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4308 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4309 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4310 * are used with dump requests.
4311 */
4312struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4313        struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4314        u32 flags;
4315        int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4316                    const void *data, int data_len);
4317        int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4318                      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4319                      unsigned long *storage);
4320        const struct nla_policy *policy;
4321        unsigned int maxattr;
4322};
4323
4324/**
4325 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4326 * @iftype: interface type
4327 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4328 *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4329 *      802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4330 *      in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4331 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4332 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4333 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4334 */
4335struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4336        enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4337        const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4338        const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4339        u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4340};
4341
4342/**
4343 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4344 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4345 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4346 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4347 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4348 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4349 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4350 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4351 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4352 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4353 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4354 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4355 *      (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4356 *      forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4357 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4358 *      not limited)
4359 */
4360struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4361        unsigned int max_peers;
4362        u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4363           randomize_mac_addr:1;
4364
4365        struct {
4366                u32 preambles;
4367                u32 bandwidths;
4368                s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4369                u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4370                u8 supported:1,
4371                   asap:1,
4372                   non_asap:1,
4373                   request_lci:1,
4374                   request_civicloc:1;
4375        } ftm;
4376};
4377
4378/**
4379 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4380 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4381 *      note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4382 *      the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4383 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4384 *      the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4385 *      on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4386 *      regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4387 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4388 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4389 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4390 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4391 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4392 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4393 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4394 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4395 *      -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4396 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4397 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4398 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4399 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4400 *      set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4401 *      four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4402 *      variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4403 *      interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4404 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4405 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4406 *      to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4407 *      by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4408 *      all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4409 *      the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4410 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4411 *      unregister hardware
4412 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4413 *      automatically on wiphy renames
4414 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4415 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4416 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4417 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4418 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4419 *      must be set by driver
4420 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4421 *      list single interface types.
4422 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4423 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4424 *      subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4425 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4426 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4427 *      &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4428 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4429 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4430 *      &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4431 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4432 *      this variable determines its size
4433 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4434 *      any given scan
4435 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4436 *      the device can run concurrently.
4437 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4438 *      for in any given scheduled scan
4439 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4440 *      when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4441 *      supported.
4442 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4443 *      add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4444 *      include fixed IEs like supported rates
4445 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4446 *      scans
4447 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4448 *      of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4449 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4450 *      single scan plan supported by the device.
4451 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4452 *      scan plan supported by the device.
4453 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4454 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4455 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4456 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4457 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4458 *      wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4459 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4460 *
4461 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4462 *      transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4463 *      type
4464 *
4465 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4466 *      configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4467 *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4468 *
4469 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4470 *      configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4471 *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4472 *
4473 * @probe_resp_offload:
4474 *       Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4475 *       See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4476 *       when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4477 *
4478 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4479 *      may request, if implemented.
4480 *
4481 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4482 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4483 *      used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4484 *      to the suspend() operation instead.
4485 *
4486 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4487 * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4488 *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4489 * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4490 *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4491 *
4492 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4493 *      not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4494 *
4495 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4496 *      supports for ACL.
4497 *
4498 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4499 *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4500 *      the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4501 *      and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4502 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4503 *      extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4504 *      for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4505 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4506 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4507 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4508 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4509 *      capabilities are specified separately.
4510 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4511 *
4512 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4513 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4514 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4515 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4516 *
4517 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4518 *      (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4519 *      driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4520 *      some cases, but may not always reach.
4521 *
4522 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4523 *      and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4524 *      wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4525 *      infinite.
4526 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4527 *      frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4528 *      the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4529 *      low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4530 *      this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4531 *      This value should be set in MHz.
4532 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4533 *      by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4534 *      attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4535 *
4536 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4537 *      bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4538 *      NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4539 *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4540 *
4541 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4542 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4543 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4544 *
4545 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4546 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4547 *      HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4548 *      @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4549 *
4550 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4551 */
4552struct wiphy {
4553        /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4554
4555        /* permanent MAC address(es) */
4556        u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4557        u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4558
4559        struct mac_address *addresses;
4560
4561        const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4562
4563        const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4564        int n_iface_combinations;
4565        u16 software_iftypes;
4566
4567        u16 n_addresses;
4568
4569        /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4570        u16 interface_modes;
4571
4572        u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4573
4574        u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4575        u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4576
4577        u32 ap_sme_capa;
4578
4579        enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4580
4581        int bss_priv_size;
4582        u8 max_scan_ssids;
4583        u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4584        u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4585        u8 max_match_sets;
4586        u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4587        u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4588        u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4589        u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4590        u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4591
4592        int n_cipher_suites;
4593        const u32 *cipher_suites;
4594
4595        int n_akm_suites;
4596        const u32 *akm_suites;
4597
4598        u8 retry_short;
4599        u8 retry_long;
4600        u32 frag_threshold;
4601        u32 rts_threshold;
4602        u8 coverage_class;
4603
4604        char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4605        u32 hw_version;
4606
4607#ifdef CONFIG_PM
4608        const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4609        struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4610#endif
4611
4612        u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4613
4614        u8 max_num_pmkids;
4615
4616        u32 available_antennas_tx;
4617        u32 available_antennas_rx;
4618
4619        /*
4620         * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4621         * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4622         * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4623         */
4624        u32 probe_resp_offload;
4625
4626        const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4627        u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4628
4629        const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4630        unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4631
4632        /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4633         * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4634         * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4635         * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4636         * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4637        const void *privid;
4638
4639        struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4640
4641        /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4642        void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4643                             struct regulatory_request *request);
4644
4645        /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4646
4647        const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4648
4649        /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4650         * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4651        struct device dev;
4652
4653        /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4654        bool registered;
4655
4656        /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4657        struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4658
4659        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4660        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4661
4662        struct list_head wdev_list;
4663
4664        /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4665        possible_net_t _net;
4666
4667#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4668        const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4669#endif
4670
4671        const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4672
4673        const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4674        const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4675        int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4676
4677        u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4678
4679        u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4680        u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4681
4682        u32 bss_select_support;
4683
4684        u8 nan_supported_bands;
4685
4686        u32 txq_limit;
4687        u32 txq_memory_limit;
4688        u32 txq_quantum;
4689
4690        u8 support_mbssid:1,
4691           support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4692
4693        const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4694
4695        char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4696};
4697
4698static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4699{
4700        return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4701}
4702
4703static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4704{
4705        write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4706}
4707
4708/**
4709 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4710 *
4711 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4712 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4713 */
4714static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4715{
4716        BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4717        return &wiphy->priv;
4718}
4719
4720/**
4721 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4722 *
4723 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4724 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4725 */
4726static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4727{
4728        BUG_ON(!priv);
4729        return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4730}
4731
4732/**
4733 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4734 *
4735 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4736 * @dev: The device to parent it to
4737 */
4738static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4739{
4740        wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4741}
4742
4743/**
4744 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4745 *
4746 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4747 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4748 */
4749static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4750{
4751        return wiphy->dev.parent;
4752}
4753
4754/**
4755 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4756 *
4757 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4758 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4759 */
4760static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4761{
4762        return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4763}
4764
4765/**
4766 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4767 *
4768 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4769 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4770 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4771 *      NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4772 *
4773 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4774 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4775 *
4776 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4777 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4778 */
4779struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4780                           const char *requested_name);
4781
4782/**
4783 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4784 *
4785 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4786 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4787 *
4788 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4789 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4790 *
4791 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4792 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4793 */
4794static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4795                                      int sizeof_priv)
4796{
4797        return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4798}
4799
4800/**
4801 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4802 *
4803 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4804 *
4805 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4806 */
4807int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4808
4809/**
4810 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4811 *
4812 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4813 *
4814 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4815 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4816 * request that is being handled.
4817 */
4818void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4819
4820/**
4821 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4822 *
4823 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4824 */
4825void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4826
4827/* internal structs */
4828struct cfg80211_conn;
4829struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4830struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4831struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4832
4833/**
4834 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4835 *
4836 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4837 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4838 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4839 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4840 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4841 *
4842 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4843 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4844 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4845 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4846 *
4847 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4848 * @iftype: interface type
4849 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4850 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4851 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4852 *      wireless device if it has no netdev
4853 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4854 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4855 *      the user-set channel definition.
4856 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4857 *      track the channel to be used for AP later
4858 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4859 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4860 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4861 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4862 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4863 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4864 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4865 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4866 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4867 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4868 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4869 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4870 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4871 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4872 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4873 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4874 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4875 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4876 *      set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4877 *      netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4878 *      by cfg80211 on change_interface
4879 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4880 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4881 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4882 *      and some API functions require it held
4883 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4884 *      beacons, 0 when not valid
4885 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4886 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4887 *      the P2P Device.
4888 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4889 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4890 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4891 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4892 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4893 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4894 *      registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4895 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4896 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4897 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4898 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4899 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4900 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4901 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4902 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4903 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4904 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4905 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4906 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4907 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4908 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4909 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4910 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4911 */
4912struct wireless_dev {
4913        struct wiphy *wiphy;
4914        enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4915
4916        /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4917        struct list_head list;
4918        struct net_device *netdev;
4919
4920        u32 identifier;
4921
4922        struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4923        spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4924
4925        struct mutex mtx;
4926
4927        bool use_4addr, is_running;
4928
4929        u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4930
4931        /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4932        u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4933        u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4934        struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4935        struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4936        enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4937        u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4938
4939        struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4940        u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4941
4942        struct list_head event_list;
4943        spinlock_t event_lock;
4944
4945        struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4946        struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4947        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4948
4949        bool ibss_fixed;
4950        bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4951
4952        bool ps;
4953        int ps_timeout;
4954
4955        int beacon_interval;
4956
4957        u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4958
4959        u32 owner_nlportid;
4960        bool nl_owner_dead;
4961
4962        bool cac_started;
4963        unsigned long cac_start_time;
4964        unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4965
4966#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4967        /* wext data */
4968        struct {
4969                struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4970                struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4971                struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4972                const u8 *ie;
4973                size_t ie_len;
4974                u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4975                u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4976                u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4977                s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4978                bool prev_bssid_valid;
4979        } wext;
4980#endif
4981
4982        struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4983
4984        struct list_head pmsr_list;
4985        spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4986        struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4987};
4988
4989static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4990{
4991        if (wdev->netdev)
4992                return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4993        return wdev->address;
4994}
4995
4996static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4997{
4998        if (wdev->netdev)
4999                return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5000        return wdev->is_running;
5001}
5002
5003/**
5004 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5005 *
5006 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5007 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5008 */
5009static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5010{
5011        BUG_ON(!wdev);
5012        return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5013}
5014
5015/**
5016 * DOC: Utility functions
5017 *
5018 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5019 */
5020
5021/**
5022 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5023 * @chan: channel number
5024 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5025 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5026 */
5027int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5028
5029/**
5030 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5031 * @freq: center frequency
5032 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5033 */
5034int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5035
5036/**
5037 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5038 *
5039 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5040 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5041 *
5042 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5043 */
5044struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5045
5046/**
5047 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5048 *
5049 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5050 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5051 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5052 *
5053 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5054 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5055 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5056 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5057 */
5058struct ieee80211_rate *
5059ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5060                            u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5061
5062/**
5063 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5064 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5065 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5066 *
5067 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5068 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5069 */
5070u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5071                              enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5072
5073/*
5074 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5075 *
5076 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5077 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5078 */
5079
5080struct radiotap_align_size {
5081        uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5082};
5083
5084struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5085        const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5086        int n_bits;
5087        uint32_t oui;
5088        uint8_t subns;
5089};
5090
5091struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5092        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5093        int n_ns;
5094};
5095
5096/**
5097 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5098 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5099 *      to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5100 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5101 *      call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5102 *      ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5103 *      the beginning of the actual data portion
5104 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5105 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5106 *      (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5107 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5108 *      radiotap namespace or not
5109 *
5110 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5111 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5112 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5113 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5114 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5115 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5116 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5117 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5118 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5119 *      next bitmap word
5120 *
5121 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5122 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5123 */
5124
5125struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5126        struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5127        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5128        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5129
5130        unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5131        __le32 *_next_bitmap;
5132
5133        unsigned char *this_arg;
5134        int this_arg_index;
5135        int this_arg_size;
5136
5137        int is_radiotap_ns;
5138
5139        int _max_length;
5140        int _arg_index;
5141        uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5142        int _reset_on_ext;
5143};
5144
5145int
5146ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5147                                 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5148                                 int max_length,
5149                                 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5150
5151int
5152ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5153
5154
5155extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5156extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5157
5158/**
5159 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5160 *
5161 * @skb: the frame
5162 *
5163 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5164 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5165 *
5166 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5167 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5168 * 802.11 header.
5169 */
5170unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5171
5172/**
5173 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5174 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5175 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5176 */
5177unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5178
5179/**
5180 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5181 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5182 *      (first byte) will be accessed
5183 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5184 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5185 */
5186unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5187
5188/**
5189 * DOC: Data path helpers
5190 *
5191 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5192 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5193 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5194 */
5195
5196/**
5197 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5198 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5199 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5200 *      of it being pushed into the SKB
5201 * @addr: the device MAC address
5202 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5203 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5204 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5205 */
5206int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5207                                  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5208                                  u8 data_offset);
5209
5210/**
5211 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5212 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5213 * @addr: the device MAC address
5214 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5215 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5216 */
5217static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5218                                         enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5219{
5220        return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5221}
5222
5223/**
5224 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5225 *
5226 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5227 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5228 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5229 *
5230 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5231 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5232 *      initialized by by the caller.
5233 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5234 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5235 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5236 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5237 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5238 */
5239void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5240                              const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5241                              const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5242                              const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5243
5244/**
5245 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5246 * @skb: the data frame
5247 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5248 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5249 */
5250unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5251                                    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5252
5253/**
5254 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5255 *
5256 * @eid: element ID
5257 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5258 * @len: length of data
5259 * @match: byte array to match
5260 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5261 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5262 *      Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5263 *      the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5264 *      the data portion instead.
5265 *
5266 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5267 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5268 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5269 * requested element struct.
5270 *
5271 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5272 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5273 * byte array to match.
5274 */
5275const struct element *
5276cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5277                         const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5278                         unsigned int match_offset);
5279
5280/**
5281 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5282 *
5283 * @eid: element ID
5284 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5285 * @len: length of data
5286 * @match: byte array to match
5287 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5288 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5289 *      If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5290 *      Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5291 *      byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5292 *      the second byte is the IE length.
5293 *
5294 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5295 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5296 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5297 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5298 * element ID.
5299 *
5300 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5301 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5302 * byte array to match.
5303 */
5304static inline const u8 *
5305cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5306                       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5307                       unsigned int match_offset)
5308{
5309        /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5310         * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5311         */
5312        if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5313                    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5314                return NULL;
5315
5316        return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5317                                                match, match_len,
5318                                                match_offset ?
5319                                                        match_offset - 2 : 0);
5320}
5321
5322/**
5323 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5324 *
5325 * @eid: element ID
5326 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5327 * @len: length of data
5328 *
5329 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5330 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5331 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5332 * requested element struct.
5333 *
5334 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5335 * having to fit into the given data.
5336 */
5337static inline const struct element *
5338cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5339{
5340        return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5341}
5342
5343/**
5344 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5345 *
5346 * @eid: element ID
5347 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5348 * @len: length of data
5349 *
5350 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5351 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5352 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5353 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5354 *
5355 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5356 * having to fit into the given data.
5357 */
5358static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5359{
5360        return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5361}
5362
5363/**
5364 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5365 *
5366 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5367 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5368 * @len: length of data
5369 *
5370 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5371 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5372 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5373 * requested element struct.
5374 *
5375 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5376 * having to fit into the given data.
5377 */
5378static inline const struct element *
5379cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5380{
5381        return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5382                                        &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5383}
5384
5385/**
5386 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5387 *
5388 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5389 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5390 * @len: length of data
5391 *
5392 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5393 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5394 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5395 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5396 *
5397 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5398 * having to fit into the given data.
5399 */
5400static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5401{
5402        return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5403                                      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5404}
5405
5406/**
5407 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5408 *
5409 * @oui: vendor OUI
5410 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5411 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5412 * @len: length of data
5413 *
5414 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5415 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5416 * return the element structure for the requested element.
5417 *
5418 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5419 * the given data.
5420 */
5421const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5422                                                const u8 *ies,
5423                                                unsigned int len);
5424
5425/**
5426 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5427 *
5428 * @oui: vendor OUI
5429 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5430 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5431 * @len: length of data
5432 *
5433 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5434 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5435 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5436 * element ID.
5437 *
5438 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5439 * the given data.
5440 */
5441static inline const u8 *
5442cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5443                        const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5444{
5445        return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5446}
5447
5448/**
5449 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5450 *
5451 * @dev: network device
5452 * @addr: STA MAC address
5453 *
5454 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5455 * devices upon STA association.
5456 */
5457void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5458
5459/**
5460 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5461 *
5462 * TODO
5463 */
5464
5465/**
5466 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5467 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5468 *      conflicts)
5469 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5470 *      should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5471 *      set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5472 *      alpha2.
5473 *
5474 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5475 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5476 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5477 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5478 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5479 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5480 *
5481 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5482 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5483 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5484 *
5485 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5486 * an -ENOMEM.
5487 *
5488 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5489 */
5490int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5491
5492/**
5493 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5494 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5495 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5496 *
5497 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5498 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5499 * information.
5500 *
5501 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5502 */
5503int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5504                              struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5505
5506/**
5507 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5508 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5509 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5510 *
5511 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5512 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5513 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5514 *
5515 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5516 */
5517int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5518                                        struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5519
5520/**
5521 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5522 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5523 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5524 *
5525 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5526 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5527 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5528 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5529 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5530 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5531 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5532 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5533 * that called this helper.
5534 */
5535void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5536                                   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5537
5538/**
5539 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5540 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5541 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5542 *
5543 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5544 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5545 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5546 * and processed already.
5547 *
5548 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5549 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5550 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5551 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5552 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5553 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5554 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5555 */
5556const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5557                                               u32 center_freq);
5558
5559/**
5560 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5561 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5562 *
5563 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5564 * proper string representation.
5565 */
5566const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5567
5568/**
5569 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5570 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5571 *
5572 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5573 */
5574bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5575
5576/**
5577 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5578 *
5579 */
5580
5581/**
5582 * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5583 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5584 *
5585 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5586 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5587 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5588 *
5589 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5590 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5591 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5592 *
5593 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5594 * an -ENODATA.
5595 *
5596 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5597 */
5598int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5599                        struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5600
5601/*
5602 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5603 * functions and BSS handling helpers
5604 */
5605
5606/**
5607 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5608 *
5609 * @request: the corresponding scan request
5610 * @info: information about the completed scan
5611 */
5612void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5613                        struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5614
5615/**
5616 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5617 *
5618 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5619 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5620 */
5621void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5622
5623/**
5624 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5625 *
5626 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5627 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5628 *
5629 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5630 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5631 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5632 */
5633void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5634
5635/**
5636 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5637 *
5638 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5639 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5640 *
5641 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5642 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5643 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5644 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5645 */
5646void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5647
5648/**
5649 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5650 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5651 * @data: the BSS metadata
5652 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5653 * @len: length of the management frame
5654 * @gfp: context flags
5655 *
5656 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5657 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5658 *
5659 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5660 * Or %NULL on error.
5661 */
5662struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5663cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5664                               struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5665                               struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5666                               gfp_t gfp);
5667
5668static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5669cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5670                                struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5671                                enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5672                                struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5673                                s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5674{
5675        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5676                .chan = rx_channel,
5677                .scan_width = scan_width,
5678                .signal = signal,
5679        };
5680
5681        return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5682}
5683
5684static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5685cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5686                          struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5687                          struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5688                          s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5689{
5690        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5691                .chan = rx_channel,
5692                .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5693                .signal = signal,
5694        };
5695
5696        return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5697}
5698
5699/**
5700 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5701 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5702 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5703 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5704 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5705 */
5706static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5707                                          u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5708{
5709        u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5710        u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5711        u64 new_bssid_u64;
5712
5713        new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5714
5715        new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5716
5717        u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5718}
5719
5720/**
5721 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5722 * @element: element to check
5723 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5724 */
5725bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5726                                   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5727
5728/**
5729 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5730 * @ie: ies
5731 * @ielen: length of IEs
5732 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5733 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5734 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5735 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5736 */
5737size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5738                              const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5739                              const struct element *sub_elem,
5740                              u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5741
5742/**
5743 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5744 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5745 *      from a beacon or probe response
5746 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5747 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5748 */
5749enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5750        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5751        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5752        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5753};
5754
5755/**
5756 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5757 *
5758 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5759 * @data: the BSS metadata
5760 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5761 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5762 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5763 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5764 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5765 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5766 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5767 * @gfp: context flags
5768 *
5769 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5770 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5771 *
5772 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5773 * Or %NULL on error.
5774 */
5775struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5776cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5777                         struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5778                         enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5779                         const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5780                         u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5781                         gfp_t gfp);
5782
5783static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5784cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5785                          struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5786                          enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5787                          enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5788                          const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5789                          u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5790                          s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5791{
5792        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5793                .chan = rx_channel,
5794                .scan_width = scan_width,
5795                .signal = signal,
5796        };
5797
5798        return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5799                                        capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5800                                        gfp);
5801}
5802
5803static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5804cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5805                    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5806                    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5807                    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5808                    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5809                    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5810{
5811        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5812                .chan = rx_channel,
5813                .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5814                .signal = signal,
5815        };
5816
5817        return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5818                                        capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5819                                        gfp);
5820}
5821
5822/**
5823 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5824 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5825 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5826 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5827 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5828 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5829 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5830 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5831 */
5832struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5833                                      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5834                                      const u8 *bssid,
5835                                      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5836                                      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5837                                      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5838static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5839cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5840                  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5841                  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5842{
5843        return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5844                                IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5845                                IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5846}
5847
5848/**
5849 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5850 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5851 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5852 *
5853 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5854 */
5855void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5856
5857/**
5858 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5859 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5860 * @bss: the BSS struct
5861 *
5862 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5863 */
5864void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5865
5866/**
5867 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5868 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5869 * @bss: the bss to remove
5870 *
5871 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5872 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5873 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5874 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5875 */
5876void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5877
5878/**
5879 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
5880 *
5881 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
5882 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
5883 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
5884 *
5885 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5886 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
5887 *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
5888 * @iter: the iterator function to call
5889 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
5890 */
5891void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5892                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5893                       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5894                                    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5895                                    void *data),
5896                       void *iter_data);
5897
5898static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5899cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5900{
5901        switch (chandef->width) {
5902        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5903                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5904        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5905                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5906        default:
5907                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5908        }
5909}
5910
5911/**
5912 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5913 * @dev: network device
5914 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5915 * @len: length of the frame data
5916 *
5917 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5918 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5919 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5920 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5921 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5922 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5923 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5924 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5925 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5926 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5927 *
5928 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5929 */
5930void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5931
5932/**
5933 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5934 * @dev: network device
5935 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5936 *
5937 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5938 * mutex.
5939 */
5940void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5941
5942/**
5943 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5944 * @dev: network device
5945 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5946 *      moves to cfg80211 in this call
5947 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5948 * @len: length of the frame data
5949 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5950 *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5951 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5952 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5953 *
5954 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5955 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5956 *
5957 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5958 */
5959void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5960                            struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5961                            const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5962                            int uapsd_queues,
5963                            const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5964
5965/**
5966 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5967 * @dev: network device
5968 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5969 *
5970 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5971 */
5972void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5973
5974/**
5975 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5976 * @dev: network device
5977 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5978 *
5979 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5980 * an association attempt was abandoned.
5981 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5982 */
5983void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5984
5985/**
5986 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5987 * @dev: network device
5988 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5989 * @len: length of the frame data
5990 *
5991 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5992 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5993 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5994 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5995 */
5996void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5997
5998/**
5999 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6000 * @dev: network device
6001 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
6002 * @len: length of the frame data
6003 *
6004 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6005 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6006 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
6007 */
6008void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6009                                  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6010
6011/**
6012 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6013 * @dev: network device
6014 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6015 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6016 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6017 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6018 * @gfp: allocation flags
6019 *
6020 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6021 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6022 * primitive.
6023 */
6024void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6025                                  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6026                                  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6027
6028/**
6029 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6030 *
6031 * @dev: network device
6032 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6033 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6034 * @gfp: allocation flags
6035 *
6036 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6037 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6038 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6039 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6040 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6041 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6042 */
6043void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6044                          struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6045
6046/**
6047 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6048 *
6049 * @dev: network device
6050 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6051 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6052 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6053 * @gfp: allocation flags
6054 *
6055 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6056 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6057 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6058 */
6059void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6060                const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6061                int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6062
6063/**
6064 * DOC: RFkill integration
6065 *
6066 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6067 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6068 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6069 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6070 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6071 *
6072 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6073 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6074 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6075 */
6076
6077/**
6078 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6079 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6080 * @blocked: block status
6081 */
6082void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6083
6084/**
6085 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6086 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6087 */
6088void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6089
6090/**
6091 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6092 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6093 */
6094void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6095
6096/**
6097 * DOC: Vendor commands
6098 *
6099 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6100 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6101 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6102 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6103 * the configuration mechanism.
6104 *
6105 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6106 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6107 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6108 *
6109 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6110 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6111 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6112 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6113 * managers etc. need.
6114 */
6115
6116struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6117                                           enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6118                                           enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6119                                           int approxlen);
6120
6121struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6122                                           struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6123                                           enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6124                                           enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6125                                           unsigned int portid,
6126                                           int vendor_event_idx,
6127                                           int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6128
6129void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6130
6131/**
6132 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6133 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6134 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6135 *      be put into the skb
6136 *
6137 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6138 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6139 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6140 *
6141 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6142 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6143 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6144 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6145 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6146 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6147 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6148 *
6149 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6150 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6151 *
6152 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6153 */
6154static inline struct sk_buff *
6155cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6156{
6157        return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6158                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6159}
6160
6161/**
6162 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6163 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6164 *      cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6165 *
6166 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6167 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6168 * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6169 * skb regardless of the return value.
6170 *
6171 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6172 */
6173int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6174
6175/**
6176 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6177 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6178 *
6179 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6180 * Valid to call only there.
6181 */
6182unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6183
6184/**
6185 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6186 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6187 * @wdev: the wireless device
6188 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6189 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6190 *      be put into the skb
6191 * @gfp: allocation flags
6192 *
6193 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6194 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6195 *
6196 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6197 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6198 * attribute.
6199 *
6200 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6201 * skb to send the event.
6202 *
6203 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6204 */
6205static inline struct sk_buff *
6206cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6207                             int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6208{
6209        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6210                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6211                                          0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6212}
6213
6214/**
6215 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6216 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6217 * @wdev: the wireless device
6218 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6219 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6220 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6221 *      be put into the skb
6222 * @gfp: allocation flags
6223 *
6224 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6225 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6226 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6227 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6228 *
6229 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6230 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6231 * attribute.
6232 *
6233 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6234 * skb to send the event.
6235 *
6236 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6237 */
6238static inline struct sk_buff *
6239cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6240                                  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6241                                  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6242                                  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6243{
6244        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6245                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6246                                          portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6247}
6248
6249/**
6250 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6251 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6252 * @gfp: allocation flags
6253 *
6254 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6255 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6256 */
6257static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6258{
6259        __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6260}
6261
6262#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6263/**
6264 * DOC: Test mode
6265 *
6266 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6267 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6268 * factory programming.
6269 *
6270 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6271 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6272 */
6273
6274/**
6275 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6276 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6277 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6278 *      be put into the skb
6279 *
6280 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6281 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6282 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6283 *
6284 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6285 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6286 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6287 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6288 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6289 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6290 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6291 *
6292 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6293 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6294 *
6295 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6296 */
6297static inline struct sk_buff *
6298cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6299{
6300        return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6301                                          NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6302}
6303
6304/**
6305 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6306 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6307 *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6308 *
6309 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6310 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6311 * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6312 * regardless of the return value.
6313 *
6314 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6315 */
6316static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6317{
6318        return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6319}
6320
6321/**
6322 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6323 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6324 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6325 *      be put into the skb
6326 * @gfp: allocation flags
6327 *
6328 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6329 * testmode multicast group.
6330 *
6331 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6332 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6333 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6334 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6335 * in any other way.
6336 *
6337 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6338 * skb to send the event.
6339 *
6340 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6341 */
6342static inline struct sk_buff *
6343cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6344{
6345        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6346                                          NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6347                                          approxlen, gfp);
6348}
6349
6350/**
6351 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6352 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6353 *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6354 * @gfp: allocation flags
6355 *
6356 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6357 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6358 * consumes it.
6359 */
6360static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6361{
6362        __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6363}
6364
6365#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)      .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6366#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)     .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6367#else
6368#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6369#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6370#endif
6371
6372/**
6373 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6374 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6375 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6376 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6377 *      @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6378 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6379 *      FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6380 *      status for a FILS connection.
6381 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6382 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6383 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6384 *      used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6385 */
6386struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6387        const u8 *kek;
6388        size_t kek_len;
6389        bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6390        u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6391        const u8 *pmk;
6392        size_t pmk_len;
6393        const u8 *pmkid;
6394};
6395
6396/**
6397 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6398 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6399 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6400 *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6401 *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6402 *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6403 *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6404 *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6405 *      case.
6406 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6407 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6408 *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6409 *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6410 *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6411 *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6412 *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6413 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6414 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6415 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6416 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6417 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6418 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6419 *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6420 *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6421 *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6422 *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6423 *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6424 */
6425struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6426        int status;
6427        const u8 *bssid;
6428        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6429        const u8 *req_ie;
6430        size_t req_ie_len;
6431        const u8 *resp_ie;
6432        size_t resp_ie_len;
6433        struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6434        enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6435};
6436
6437/**
6438 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6439 *
6440 * @dev: network device
6441 * @params: connection response parameters
6442 * @gfp: allocation flags
6443 *
6444 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6445 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6446 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6447 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6448 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6449 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6450 */
6451void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6452                           struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6453                           gfp_t gfp);
6454
6455/**
6456 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6457 *
6458 * @dev: network device
6459 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6460 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6461 *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6462 *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6463 *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6464 *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6465 *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6466 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6467 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6468 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6469 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6470 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6471 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6472 *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6473 *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6474 *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6475 *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6476 *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6477 *      case.
6478 * @gfp: allocation flags
6479 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6480 *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6481 *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6482 *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6483 *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6484 *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6485 *
6486 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6487 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6488 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6489 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6490 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6491 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6492 */
6493static inline void
6494cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6495                     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6496                     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6497                     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6498                     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6499{
6500        struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6501
6502        memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6503        params.status = status;
6504        params.bssid = bssid;
6505        params.bss = bss;
6506        params.req_ie = req_ie;
6507        params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6508        params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6509        params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6510        params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6511
6512        cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6513}
6514
6515/**
6516 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6517 *
6518 * @dev: network device
6519 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6520 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6521 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6522 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6523 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6524 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6525 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6526 *      the real status code for failures.
6527 * @gfp: allocation flags
6528 *
6529 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6530 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6531 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6532 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6533 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6534 */
6535static inline void
6536cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6537                        const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6538                        const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6539                        u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6540{
6541        cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6542                             resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6543                             NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6544}
6545
6546/**
6547 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6548 *
6549 * @dev: network device
6550 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6551 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6552 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6553 * @gfp: allocation flags
6554 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6555 *
6556 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6557 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6558 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6559 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6560 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6561 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6562 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6563 */
6564static inline void
6565cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6566                         const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6567                         enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6568{
6569        cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6570                             gfp, timeout_reason);
6571}
6572
6573/**
6574 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6575 *
6576 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6577 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6578 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6579 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6580 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6581 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6582 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6583 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6584 */
6585struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6586        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6587        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6588        const u8 *bssid;
6589        const u8 *req_ie;
6590        size_t req_ie_len;
6591        const u8 *resp_ie;
6592        size_t resp_ie_len;
6593        struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6594};
6595
6596/**
6597 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6598 *
6599 * @dev: network device
6600 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6601 * @gfp: allocation flags
6602 *
6603 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6604 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6605 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6606 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6607 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6608 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6609 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6610 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6611 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6612 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
6613 */
6614void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6615                     gfp_t gfp);
6616
6617/**
6618 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6619 *
6620 * @dev: network device
6621 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6622 * @gfp: allocation flags
6623 *
6624 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6625 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6626 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6627 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6628 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6629 * indicate the 802.11 association.
6630 */
6631void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6632                              gfp_t gfp);
6633
6634/**
6635 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6636 *
6637 * @dev: network device
6638 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6639 * @ie_len: length of IEs
6640 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6641 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6642 * @gfp: allocation flags
6643 *
6644 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6645 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6646 */
6647void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6648                           const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6649                           bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6650
6651/**
6652 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6653 * @wdev: wireless device
6654 * @cookie: the request cookie
6655 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6656 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6657 *      channel
6658 * @gfp: allocation flags
6659 */
6660void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6661                               struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6662                               unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6663
6664/**
6665 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6666 * @wdev: wireless device
6667 * @cookie: the request cookie
6668 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6669 * @gfp: allocation flags
6670 */
6671void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6672                                        struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6673                                        gfp_t gfp);
6674
6675/**
6676 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6677 * @wdev: wireless device
6678 * @cookie: the requested cookie
6679 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6680 * @gfp: allocation flags
6681 */
6682void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6683                              struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6684
6685/**
6686 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6687 *
6688 * @sinfo: the station information
6689 * @gfp: allocation flags
6690 */
6691int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6692
6693/**
6694 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6695 * @sinfo: the station information
6696 *
6697 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6698 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6699 * the stack.)
6700 */
6701static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6702{
6703        kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6704}
6705
6706/**
6707 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6708 *
6709 * @dev: the netdev
6710 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6711 * @sinfo: the station information
6712 * @gfp: allocation flags
6713 */
6714void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6715                      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6716
6717/**
6718 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6719 * @dev: the netdev
6720 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6721 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6722 * @gfp: allocation flags
6723 */
6724void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6725                            struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6726
6727/**
6728 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6729 *
6730 * @dev: the netdev
6731 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6732 * @gfp: allocation flags
6733 */
6734static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6735                                    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6736{
6737        cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6738}
6739
6740/**
6741 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6742 *
6743 * @dev: the netdev
6744 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6745 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6746 * @gfp: allocation flags
6747 *
6748 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6749 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6750 * for some reasons, this function is called.
6751 *
6752 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6753 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6754 */
6755void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6756                          enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6757                          gfp_t gfp);
6758
6759/**
6760 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6761 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6762 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6763 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6764 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6765 * @len: length of the frame data
6766 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6767 *
6768 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6769 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6770 *
6771 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6772 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6773 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6774 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6775 */
6776bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6777                      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6778
6779/**
6780 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6781 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6782 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6783 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6784 * @len: length of the frame data
6785 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6786 * @gfp: context flags
6787 *
6788 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6789 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6790 * transmission attempt.
6791 */
6792void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6793                             const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6794
6795
6796/**
6797 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6798 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6799 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6800 *      is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6801 *      This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6802 *      responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6803 *      skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6804 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6805 *
6806 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6807 * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6808 * control port frames over nl80211.
6809 *
6810 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6811 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6812 *
6813 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6814 */
6815bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6816                              struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6817
6818/**
6819 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6820 * @dev: network device
6821 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6822 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6823 * @gfp: context flags
6824 *
6825 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6826 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6827 */
6828void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6829                              enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6830                              s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6831
6832/**
6833 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6834 * @dev: network device
6835 * @peer: peer's MAC address
6836 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6837 *      but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6838 *      threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6839 * @gfp: context flags
6840 */
6841void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6842                                 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6843
6844/**
6845 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6846 * @dev: network device
6847 * @peer: peer's MAC address
6848 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6849 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6850 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6851 * @gfp: context flags
6852 *
6853 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6854 * given interval is exceeded.
6855 */
6856void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6857                             u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6858
6859/**
6860 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6861 * @dev: network device
6862 * @gfp: context flags
6863 *
6864 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6865 */
6866void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6867
6868/**
6869 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6870 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6871 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6872 * @gfp: context flags
6873 *
6874 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6875 */
6876void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6877                          struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6878
6879/**
6880 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6881 * @dev: network device
6882 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6883 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6884 * @gfp: context flags
6885 *
6886 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6887 * frame.
6888 */
6889void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6890                                       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6891                                       gfp_t gfp);
6892
6893/**
6894 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6895 * @netdev: network device
6896 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6897 * @event: type of event
6898 * @gfp: context flags
6899 *
6900 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6901 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6902 * also by full-MAC drivers.
6903 */
6904void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6905                        const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6906                        enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6907
6908
6909/**
6910 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6911 * @dev: network device
6912 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6913 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6914 * @gfp: allocation flags
6915 */
6916void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6917                               const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6918
6919/**
6920 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6921 * @dev: network device
6922 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6923 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6924 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6925 * @gfp: allocation flags
6926 */
6927void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6928                                     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6929
6930/**
6931 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6932 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6933 * @addr: the transmitter address
6934 * @gfp: context flags
6935 *
6936 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6937 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6938 * sender.
6939 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6940 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6941 */
6942bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6943                                const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6944
6945/**
6946 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6947 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6948 * @addr: the transmitter address
6949 * @gfp: context flags
6950 *
6951 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6952 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6953 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6954 * station to avoid event flooding.
6955 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6956 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6957 */
6958bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6959                                        const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6960
6961/**
6962 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6963 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6964 * @addr: the address of the peer
6965 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6966 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6967 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6968 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6969 * @gfp: allocation flags
6970 */
6971void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6972                           u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6973                           bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6974
6975/**
6976 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6977 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6978 * @frame: the frame
6979 * @len: length of the frame
6980 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6981 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6982 *
6983 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6984 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6985 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6986 */
6987void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6988                                 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6989                                 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6990
6991/**
6992 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6993 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6994 * @chandef: the channel definition
6995 * @iftype: interface type
6996 *
6997 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6998 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6999 */
7000bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7001                             struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7002                             enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7003
7004/**
7005 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7006 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7007 * @chandef: the channel definition
7008 * @iftype: interface type
7009 *
7010 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7011 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7012 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7013 * more permissive conditions.
7014 *
7015 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7016 */
7017bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7018                                   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7019                                   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7020
7021/*
7022 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7023 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7024 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7025 *
7026 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7027 * driver context!
7028 */
7029void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7030                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7031
7032/*
7033 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7034 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7035 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7036 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7037 *
7038 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7039 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7040 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7041 */
7042void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7043                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7044                                       u8 count);
7045
7046/**
7047 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7048 *
7049 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7050 * @band: band pointer to fill
7051 *
7052 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7053 */
7054bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7055                                       enum nl80211_band *band);
7056
7057/**
7058 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7059 *
7060 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7061 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7062 *
7063 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7064 */
7065bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7066                                          u8 *op_class);
7067
7068/*
7069 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7070 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7071 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7072 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7073 *      NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7074 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7075 * @gfp: allocation flags
7076 *
7077 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7078 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7079 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7080 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7081 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7082 */
7083void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7084                                enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7085                                u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7086
7087/*
7088 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7089 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7090 *
7091 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7092 */
7093u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7094
7095/**
7096 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7097 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7098 *
7099 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7100 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7101 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7102 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7103 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7104 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7105 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7106 *
7107 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7108 */
7109void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7110
7111/**
7112 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7113 * @ies: FT IEs
7114 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7115 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7116 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7117 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7118 */
7119struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7120        const u8 *ies;
7121        size_t ies_len;
7122        const u8 *target_ap;
7123        const u8 *ric_ies;
7124        size_t ric_ies_len;
7125};
7126
7127/**
7128 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7129 * @netdev: network device
7130 * @ft_event: IE information
7131 */
7132void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7133                       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7134
7135/**
7136 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7137 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7138 * @len: the input length
7139 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7140 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7141 *      if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7142 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7143 *
7144 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7145 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7146 *
7147 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7148 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7149 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7150 */
7151int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7152                          enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7153                          u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7154
7155/**
7156 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7157 * @ies: the IE buffer
7158 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7159 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7160 *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7161 *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7162 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7163 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7164 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7165 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7166 *
7167 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7168 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7169 * split.
7170 *
7171 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7172 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7173 *
7174 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7175 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7176 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7177 *
7178 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7179 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7180 * of the buffer should be used.
7181 */
7182size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7183                              const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7184                              const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7185                              size_t offset);
7186
7187/**
7188 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7189 * @ies: the IE buffer
7190 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7191 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7192 *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7193 *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7194 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7195 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7196 *
7197 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7198 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7199 * split.
7200 *
7201 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7202 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7203 *
7204 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7205 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7206 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7207 *
7208 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7209 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7210 * of the buffer should be used.
7211 */
7212static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7213                                        const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7214{
7215        return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7216}
7217
7218/**
7219 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7220 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7221 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7222 * @gfp: allocation flags
7223 *
7224 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7225 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7226 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7227 * else caused the wakeup.
7228 */
7229void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7230                                   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7231                                   gfp_t gfp);
7232
7233/**
7234 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7235 *
7236 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7237 * @gfp: allocation flags
7238 *
7239 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7240 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7241 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7242 */
7243void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7244
7245/**
7246 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7247 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7248 *
7249 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7250 */
7251unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7252
7253/**
7254 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7255 *
7256 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7257 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7258 *
7259 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7260 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7261 * the interface combinations.
7262 */
7263int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7264                                struct iface_combination_params *params);
7265
7266/**
7267 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7268 *
7269 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7270 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7271 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7272 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7273 *
7274 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7275 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7276 * purposes.
7277 */
7278int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7279                               struct iface_combination_params *params,
7280                               void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7281                                            void *data),
7282                               void *data);
7283
7284/*
7285 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7286 *
7287 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7288 * @wdev: wireless device
7289 * @gfp: context flags
7290 *
7291 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7292 * disconnected.
7293 *
7294 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7295 */
7296void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7297                         gfp_t gfp);
7298
7299/**
7300 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7301 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7302 *
7303 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7304 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7305 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7306 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7307 *
7308 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7309 * the driver while the function is running.
7310 */
7311void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7312
7313/**
7314 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7315 *
7316 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7317 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7318 *
7319 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7320 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7321 */
7322static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7323                                         enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7324{
7325        u8 *ft_byte;
7326
7327        ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7328        *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7329}
7330
7331/**
7332 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7333 *
7334 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7335 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7336 *
7337 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7338 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7339 */
7340static inline bool
7341wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7342                        enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7343{
7344        u8 ft_byte;
7345
7346        ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7347        return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7348}
7349
7350/**
7351 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7352 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7353 *
7354 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7355 */
7356void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7357
7358/**
7359 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7360 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7361 *       %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7362 *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7363 *       result.
7364 *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7365 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7366 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7367 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7368 * @info_len: the length of the &info
7369 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7370 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7371 */
7372struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7373        enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7374        u8 inst_id;
7375        u8 peer_inst_id;
7376        const u8 *addr;
7377        u8 info_len;
7378        const u8 *info;
7379        u64 cookie;
7380};
7381
7382/**
7383 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7384 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7385 * @match: match notification parameters
7386 * @gfp: allocation flags
7387 *
7388 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7389 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7390 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7391 */
7392void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7393                        struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7394
7395/**
7396 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7397 *
7398 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7399 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7400 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7401 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7402 * @gfp: allocation flags
7403 *
7404 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7405 */
7406void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7407                                  u8 inst_id,
7408                                  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7409                                  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7410
7411/* ethtool helper */
7412void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7413
7414/**
7415 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7416 * @netdev: network device
7417 * @params: External authentication parameters
7418 * @gfp: allocation flags
7419 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7420 */
7421int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7422                                   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7423                                   gfp_t gfp);
7424
7425/**
7426 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7427 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7428 * @req: the original measurement request
7429 * @result: the result data
7430 * @gfp: allocation flags
7431 */
7432void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7433                          struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7434                          struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7435                          gfp_t gfp);
7436
7437/**
7438 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7439 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7440 * @req: the original measurement request
7441 * @gfp: allocation flags
7442 *
7443 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7444 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7445 */
7446void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7447                            struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7448                            gfp_t gfp);
7449
7450/**
7451 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7452 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7453 * @iftype: interface type
7454 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7455 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7456 *
7457 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7458 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7459 * check_swif is '1'.
7460 */
7461bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7462                             bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7463
7464
7465/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7466
7467/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7468
7469#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)             \
7470        dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7471#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
7472        dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7473#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
7474        dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7475#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7476        dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7477#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
7478        dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7479#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7480        dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7481#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)                    \
7482        dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7483#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7484        dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7485
7486#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)           \
7487        dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7488#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)          \
7489        dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7490
7491#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
7492        wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7493
7494#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
7495        dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7496
7497#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7498#define wiphy_vdbg      wiphy_dbg
7499#else
7500#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)                              \
7501({                                                                      \
7502        if (0)                                                          \
7503                wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);        \
7504        0;                                                              \
7505})
7506#endif
7507
7508/*
7509 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7510 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7511 * file/line information and a backtrace.
7512 */
7513#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7514        WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7515
7516/**
7517 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7518 * @netdev: network device
7519 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7520 * @gfp: allocation flags
7521 */
7522void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7523                                    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7524                                    gfp_t gfp);
7525
7526#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7527